‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ً ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﻔﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺲ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻒ ﺩﻫﻢ‬

‫ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺩﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻻﻭﺍ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻛﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻭﻧﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ‬

‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬

‫ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﭼﺎپ‪ 1390 :‬ﻫـ ‪ .‬ﺵ‬

‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺲ‬
‫ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‬

‫ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮژی‬
‫دﻫﻢ‬
‫‪請‬ــــﻨــــﻒ‬

‫ﺳﺎﻝ ﭼﺎپ‪ 1390 :‬ﻫ ‪.‬ﺵ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃ‬ ‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮﻟﻒ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﻫﻨﺪﻭﻯ ﻏﻼﻡ ﻓﺎﺭﻭﻕ ﺧﭙﻠﻮﺍﻙ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺪﻳﺖ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﻫﻨﺪﻭﻯ ﻏﻼﻡ ﻓﺎﺭﻭﻕ ﺧﭙﻠﻮﻙ‬

‫ﺍﻳﺪﻳﺖ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﻫﻨﺪﻭﻯ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﺮﺍﺯﻕ ﺍﺳﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﺩ ﺧﻠﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻭژﻣﻪ ﻣﻬﺮ ﺯﺍﺩ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ ﺩﻳﭙﺎﺭﺗﻤﻨﺖ ﺩﺭﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﺔ ﺩﻳﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﻰ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺩﺍﻛﺘﺮ ﻋﻄﺎء ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﻳﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﺭﺷﺪ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻭ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻧﺸﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺣﺒﻴﺐ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺁﻗﺎ ﻋﻀﻮ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺩﻳﭙﺎﺭﺗﻤﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﻴﺘﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺲ‬
‫ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺮﻳﻔﻰ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﭘﺮﻭژﺓ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﺳﺮﻣﺆﻟﻒ ﻋﺒﺪﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﮔﻠﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﺡ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺰﺍﻳﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻏﻔﺎﺭﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺮﻣﺤﻤﺪ ﺳﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﻧﺼﺎﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺣﻤﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﻳﻤﻰ‬

‫‪www.ael.af‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬
‫ﺝ‬ www.ael.af
 ‫ﺳﺮود ﻣﻠﯽ‬

‫دا ﻋﺰت د ﻫـــﺮ اﻓــﻐﺎن دى‬ ‫دا وﻃﻦ اﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘـــﺎن دى‬

‫ﻫﺮ ﺑﭽﯽ ﻳ‪ ３‬ﻗﻬـﺮﻣـــﺎن دى‬ ‫ﮐﻮر د ﺳﻮﻟ‪ ３‬ﮐﻮر د ﺗﻮرې‬

‫د ﺑﻠﻮ＇ــــﻮ د ازﺑـــــﮑـــــﻮ‬ ‫دا وﻃﻦ د ！ﻮﻟﻮ ﮐـﻮر دى‬

‫د ﺗـﺮﮐﻤﻨــــﻮ د ﺗﺎﺟــــﮑــــﻮ‬ ‫د ﭘ‪＋‬ﺘــــﻮن او ﻫﺰاره وو‬

‫ﭘﺎﻣـﻴــﺮﻳﺎن‪ ،‬ﻧﻮرﺳﺘﺎﻧﻴــــﺎن‬ ‫ورﺳﺮه ﻋﺮب‪－ ،‬ﻮﺟــﺮ دي‬

‫ﻫــﻢ اﻳﻤـــﺎق‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﭘﺸـﻪ ‪４‬ﺎن‬ ‫ﺑﺮاﻫﻮي دي‪ ،‬ﻗﺰﻟﺒﺎش دي‬

‫ﻟﮑــــﻪ ﻟﻤــﺮ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻨﻪ آﺳﻤـﺎن‬ ‫دا ﻫﻴـــﻮاد ﺑﻪ ﺗﻞ ‪＄‬ﻠﻴ‪８‬ي‬

‫ﻟﮑـــﻪ زړه وي ﺟــــﺎوﻳﺪان‬ ‫ﭘﻪ ﺳﻴﻨــﻪ ﮐ‪ ３‬د آﺳﻴـــﺎ ﺑﻪ‬

‫واﻳﻮ اﷲ اﮐﺒﺮ واﻳﻮ اﷲ اﮐﺒﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻮم د ﺣﻖ ﻣﻮ دى رﻫﺒـــﺮ‬

‫‪www.ael.af‬‬ ‫ﺩ‬
 ‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

‫ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻋﺰﻳﺰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﺔ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺕﻋﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻳﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻯﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻰﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻯﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗ ََﻄ ﱡﻮﺭ ﻣﻰﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺟﺰء ﭘﻼﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻴﺪﻭﺍﺭﻡ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺵ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﻫﻨﻤﻮﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻼﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺩﺧﺘﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻭ ﭘﺴﺮﺍﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺍﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻭ ﺁﺭﻭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻤﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺍ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺯﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺣﺲ ﻭﻃﻦ ﺩﻭﺳﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ُﻣﺒﺮﻡ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺮﺻﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺖﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺗﻤﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻡ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﻳﺎﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﻬﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻦﺍﻟﻤﻠﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﻧﺼﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻊ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻤﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻗﺪﺭﺩﺍﻧﻰ ﻣﻰﻧﻤﺎﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﻭﻕ ﻭﺭﺩگ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺟﻤﻬﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﻼﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻩ‬ ‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻬـــﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬
‫‪62‬‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺣﻴﻜﻰ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪2‬‬
‫‪63‬‬ ‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪66‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪14‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫‪67‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪16‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬ ‫‪19‬‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻳﺨﺠﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ‪68‬‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫‪71‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪21‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪72‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪22‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‬ ‫‪23‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ‬
‫‪24‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫‪74‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫‪26‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭﮔﺎﺯ‬
‫‪77‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪27‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪78‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪28‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪79‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬ ‫‪29‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪80‬‬ ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ‬
‫‪82‬‬ ‫ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪34‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫‪83‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ‬
‫‪40‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪84‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪41‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺺ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ‪85‬‬ ‫‪42‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫‪89‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪43‬‬ ‫ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫‪90‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪46‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻫﻜﻰ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪48‬‬ ‫ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫‪91‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪50‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪51‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪93‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪52‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫‪94‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪56‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ‪95‬‬ ‫‪57‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﻭﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫‪58‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻮﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ‬
‫‪97‬‬ ‫ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ‪59‬‬
‫‪99‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺳﻴﺲ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‬ ‫‪60‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫‪100‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫‪www.ael.af‬‬ ‫ﻭ‬
 ‫‪101‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪102‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫‪141‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ‪102‬‬
‫‪142‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪103‬‬ ‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪144‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪106‬‬ ‫ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫‪145‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪107‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻭﺷﻴﺎﻧﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ‪146‬‬ ‫‪108‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪147‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪109‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪148‬‬ ‫ﻧﻤﻜﻴﺖ‬ ‫‪110‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫‪149‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ‪110‬‬
‫‪150‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ‬ ‫‪112‬‬ ‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
‫‪151‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪114‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪152‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬ ‫‪115‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪115‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺲ ﺷﺸﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻭﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﻥ ‪116‬‬
‫‪117‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫‪121‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺩﻭﻡ ‪122‬‬
‫‪123‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫‪124‬‬ ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪126‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﭘﺎﻟﻨﺘﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ‬
‫‪132‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪133‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪134‬‬ ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ ‪135‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫‪137‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻟﻨﺘﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ‬
‫‪138‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ‬
‫‪139‬‬ ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪140‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺯ‬ ‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬

‫ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺮﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻤﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻮﺟﻰ‪ ،‬ﭘﺘﺮﻭﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻴﻮﻣﻮﺭﻓﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ‪،‬ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻟﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ‪،‬ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ‪،‬ﺟﻴﻮﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ‪،‬ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰﻭ‪....‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﻛﺮﺩﻩﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﺷﻘﻮﻕ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺑﺮﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻀﺎﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﺮﻭﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺍﻧﻮﻣﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﭘﻰ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺎﻣﻌﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻨﻴﺎﺩ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻌﻀﺎً‬
‫ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻥ )‪ (OPEC‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺵ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺳﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺱ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻋﺎﻳﺪﺍﺗﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﻧﻜﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺟﺎﻯ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺮﺍﻍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻌﻞ ﻭﻻﺟﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺮﺩ ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﻗﻮﺕ ﺟﮕﺪﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻃﻼﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺞ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﻟﻰ ﻣﺘﻴﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﺑﺨﻞ ﻏﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺲ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﻰ ﮔﻚ ﻭ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﺎً ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ؛ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻟﭽﺴﭙﻰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﻪ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﺴﻠﻤﺎً ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﻓﺎﻩ ﻫﻤﮕﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺎﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ ﻭ ﭘﻰ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ‬

‫‪www.ael.af‬‬ ‫ﺡ‬
‫ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻭ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻻﺯﻣﻰ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺻﻨﻮﻑ ﺩﻫﻢ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻭ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻯ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁ‬ ‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺗﻮﺭﻣﺎﻟﻴﻦ‬

‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺗﻮﺭﻣﺎﻟﻴﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺯﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﺨﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺗﻰ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺗﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ؟ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ؟ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬

‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻛﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻮﺭﻫﺮ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻰ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻰ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ؟ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ‬

‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؛ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ‬

‫ﭼﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﺭﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﺟﻼ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺷﻔﺎﻓﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺭﻕ ﻭ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؟ ﭼﺮﺍ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺳﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺍﻧﺪﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ؟ ﭼﺮﺍ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ( ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﻠﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛــﻪ ﻣﻨــﺮﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻮﺷــﺘﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺍﺳــﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ )‪ (5‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺸﻤﻮﻝ ﻳﺦ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﻠﺰﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺴﻰ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻰ ﺑﻴﺸــﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻃﻼ ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻠﻔﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﻴﻤﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳﻪ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﺔ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﻭ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﻢ ﺁﻳﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻃﻼ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﻮﻡ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺟﺎﮔﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻝ ﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﭘﺮﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍ‬

‫ﻃﻼ‬
‫ﺁﺏ‬

‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻭﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﺮﺍﻳﺖ‬

‫ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ‪ 1-1‬ﻃﺮﻑ ﭼﭗ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫‪Na‬‬ ‫‪C1‬‬

‫‪ -A‬ﺁﻳﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ‬

‫ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻝ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 1-2‬ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬

‫ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ :‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﻳﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻮﺩﻳﻢ )‪ (Na‬ﻭ ﻛﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ ) ‪ (C l‬ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ )‪ (B‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻰ‬
‫)‪ (C‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﻴﺨﺺ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-3 a‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻣﻠﺨﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-3 b‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﮔﺎﻟﻴﻨﻴﺖ‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-3‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪ ،A‬ﻣﻠﺨﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﺒﺰ ‪ ،B‬ﮔﺎﻟﻴﻨﻴﺖ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺧﺎﻛﻰ ﺳﺮﺑﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻠﻔﻴﺪ ﺳﺮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫)ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ (1-4‬ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﻭ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻧﮓ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-3 a‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﮔﺎﻟﻴﻨﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-4‬ﺩﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭼﭗ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﻭﻣﺒﻴﻚ ﻭ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ :‬ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺩﻯ‬
‫)ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ (1-5‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪6‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫‪A‬‬ ‫‪B‬‬

‫‪C‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬

‫)ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ (1-5‬ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‪:‬‬

‫‪ d‬ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﺩﻯ‬ ‫‪ c‬ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺷﻴﺮﻯ‬ ‫‪ b‬ﮔﻼﺑﻰ‬ ‫‪ A‬ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬

‫‪7‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻂ‪ ،‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺶ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺷﻰ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻃﻼ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻃﻼﻳﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-6‬ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺷﻰ‬

‫ﺳﺨﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺗﺒﺎﺷﻴﺮ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﺷﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﺮﺍ؟ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﻥ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺳﺨﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﺴﺖ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻭﻭﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪(1-1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻭﻭﺱ ﺩﻩ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ )‪(1‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺱ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ )‪ (10‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ )‪ (7‬ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1-6‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻂ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ‪10-8‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪8‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻭﻭﺱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻭﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻟﻚ‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﮔﭻ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺧﻦ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ‬ ‫‪2,5‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﺳﻜﺔ ﻣﺴﻰ‬ ‫‪3,5‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺖ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺧﻦ ﺁﻫﻨﻰ‬ ‫‪4,5‬‬
‫ﺍﭘﺎﺗﻴﺖ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﭘﺎﺭﭼﺔ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬ ‫‪5,5‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻮﻛﻼﺯ‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﭼﺎﻗﻮﻯ ﻓﻮﻻﺩﻯ‬ ‫‪6,5‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﭘﺎﺯ‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﻭﻧﺪ‬ ‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺱ‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻭﻭﺱ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﻮﻛﻼﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﺧﻂ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺶ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 7-6‬ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ‪ 6,5‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ‪ :‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﭻ ﻭ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻭﻭﺱ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ‪ :‬ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺯﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﭻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻭﻭﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪9‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪1-7‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-7‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ )‪ (C‬ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﻭﻣﺒﻴﻚ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ )‪(D‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷﺖ‪ :‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺗﻢ ﻫﺎﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻮﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺩﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ‪ A‬ﻭ ‪ B‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-8‬ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘﺎً ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭼﭗ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺴﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺭﻧﮓ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-8‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻰ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﻮﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ )ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ (1-9‬ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪11‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-9‬ﺳﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ‪ ، A‬ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺖ ‪ ،B‬ﭘﺎﻳﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﻭ‪ C‬ﮔﺎﻟﻴﻨﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-5‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ ‪ HCl‬ﺭﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ‪ HCl‬ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺟﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ ‪ ، CaCO3‬ﺩﻭﻟﻮﻣﻴﺖ‬
‫‪ (CaMg (CO3 ) 2‬ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻮﺗﻞ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻤﻠﻮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ HCl‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﺮﺍﻕ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ‪ NaCl‬ﺑﺎ ﺫﺍﻳﻘﺔ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﭼﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﮕﻨﻴﺘﻴﺖ ) ‪ ( Fe3O4‬ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪12‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻃﻼ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺭﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻂ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻯ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﺨﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺧﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻯ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪13‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺳﺨﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻂ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪ -2‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺔ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺓ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻓﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻓﻜﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﺍ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻃﻼ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻳﺮﺍﻳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻃﻼﻳﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﺷﻰ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺗﺮ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻂ ﻧﻤﻰ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -7‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮپ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -8‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﮔﺎﻟﻴﻨﻴﺖ ﺏ‪ -‬ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﮔﭻ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﺍﭘﺎﺗﻴﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺏ‪4 -‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪3 -‬‬
‫ﺩ‪6 -‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪5 -‬‬
‫‪ -10‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻜﻌﺒﻰ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻳﺮﺍﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ -11‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻣﻠﺨﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺭﻧﮓ‬

‫‪14‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬

‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 4000‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻛﺸﻒ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻰ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻮﺽ ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻴﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﻨﻒ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﺎﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺍﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﺸﻨﺎﺳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ ﺭﺍﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻓﻮﺭﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ‪ CaCO3‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ )‪ (C a‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﻴﻮﻥ ) ‪ (C O3‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻧﻴﻮﻧﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫) ‪ (C O3‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﮔﭻ ‪ CaSO 4 ⋅ 2H 2O‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ؟ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﭘﺎﻳﺮﺍﻳﺖ) ‪ ( FeS2‬ﻭ ﻫﻴﻤﺎﺗﺎﻳﺖ ) ‪( F e2O3‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻧﻴﻮﻧﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺷﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ‬

‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺤﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻼ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻔﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺳﻠﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﺮﺍﻳﺖ) ‪( FeS2‬ﻭ ﮔﺎﻟﻴﻨﻴﺖ) ‪.( PbS‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ؟ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻴﻤﺎﺗﺎﻳﺖ ) ‪. ( F e2O3‬‬
‫‪-4‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ ) ‪. (CaCO3‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺳﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﭻ )‪. (CaSO 4 ⋅ 2H 2O‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻫﺎﻻﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ) ‪( NaCl‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻓﺎﺳﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﭘﺎﺗﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪16‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫‪90%‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺘﺎﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻭ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﺓ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﻋﻤ ً‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭﻭ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Quartz‬‬ ‫‪Homblende‬‬ ‫‪Feld spar‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-2‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-10‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﻭ ﻫﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ‪ 2‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ )‪ (1-2‬ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻮﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻧﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﺯ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻭ ﻣﮕﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪17‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺮﻭﻛﺴﻴﻦ‪ :‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪﺍﻭﻟﻴﻮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻭ ﻣﮕﻨﻴﺰﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﺮﻭﻛﺴﻴﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺍﻭﮔﻴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﻔﺒﻮﻝ ﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻭ ﻣﮕﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻳﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﺑﺮﻙ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻧﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ‪ ، C a‬ﺳﻮﺩﻳﻢ‬
‫‪ N a‬ﭘﻮﺗﺎﺷﻴﻢ ‪ K‬ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻣﻮﺳﻜﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﺑﻰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ ﻫﺎ‪ :‬ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻮﺗﺎﺷﻴﻤﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﻮﻛﻼﺯ) ‪ ( KAlSi3O3‬ﻭ ﭘﻼﺟﻴﻮﻛﻼﺯ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ) ‪( NaAlSi3O8‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﭘﻼﺟﻴﻮﻛﻼﺯ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﭘﻮﺗﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻯ‪ si‬ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﺘﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻓﻮﺭﻣﻮﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ) ‪ (SiO 2‬ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﻯ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺑﻰ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﺁﻥ ‪ 7‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪18‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻤﻴﺘﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻄﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﮔﻮﻫﺮ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻧﻤﺎ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﻭﻭﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(H = 9‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺱ )‪ ( H =10‬ﻳﺎﻗﻮﺕ ﻭ ﺳﭙﻔﻴﺮ‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪(2-2‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ‬

‫‪19‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ 1-2‬ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺭﻧﮓ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻂ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﻨﻒ‬
‫ﻃﻼ‬ ‫ﻃﻼﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﻑ ﺳﺎﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺧﺎﻟﺺ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﻟﻴﻨﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺮﻩ ﻳﻰ‪ -‬ﺧﺎﻛﻰ ﺳﺒﺰ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻛﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ‬ ‫‪2.5‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﺮﺍﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺯﺭﺩ ﻃﻼﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ‬ ‫‪6 − 6.5‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻫﻴﻤﺎﺗﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺎً ﺗﻴﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ‬ ‫‪5 − 6.5‬‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻣﮕﻨﻴﺘﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺎﻩ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻟﻮﻣﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺷﻔﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪3.5 − 4‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻣﻠﺨﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺰ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬ ‫‪3.5 − 4‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﮔﭻ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪3.5‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪2.5‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻻﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻠﻮﺭﺍﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺰ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺥ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪4‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻻﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﭘﺎﺗﺎﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺳﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺰ ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪6.5 − 7‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﭘﺎﻳﺮﻭﻛﺴﻴﻦ )ﺍﻭﮔﻴﺖ(‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪5-6‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻣﻔﺒﻮﻝ )ﻫﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ(‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪5-6‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻜﻮﻭﻳﺖ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺳﺒﺰ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪2 − 2.5‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﺯﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺰ ﺗﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪2 − 2.5‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺗﺎﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ )ﺍﺭﺗﻮﻛﻼﺯ(‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺥ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﮔﻼﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ )ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ(‬ ‫ﺳﺮﺥ ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﮔﻼﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪6‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‬ ‫ﺷﻔﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫‪7‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺩﻯ‬

‫‪20‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎً ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ‪ 8‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﺩﻭﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭼﻮﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍ‪ -1‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﻨﻒ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻜﻮﻭﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﻟﻴﻨﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻟﻮﻣﺎﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﭘﺎﺗﺎﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ -4‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﻮﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﻕ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻟﻮﻣﺎﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻜﻮﻭﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻒ ﻭ ﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻛﻨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ -‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ -‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻓﻠﻮﺭﺍﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ -‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ -‬ﻫﻴﻤﺎﺗﺎﻳﺖ ﺩ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ -8‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎﻻﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺩﻭﻟﻮﻣﺎﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ -‬ﻓﻠﻮﺭﺍﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ -‬ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ -‬ﺏ ﻭ ﺝ‬

‫‪21‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ‬

‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸــﻪ ﺷــﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻬﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻭ ﺍﺳــﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺸــﻮﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺸــﻜﻼﺕ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﻫﺎﻳﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﺮﻓﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺮﻗﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸــﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻓﻬﻤﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﺸــﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻭ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪22‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻛﺸــﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴــﺘﺎﻥ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﺰﻯ‬
‫ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳــﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺷــﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻠﺴــﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺴــﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺳــﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻣﺲ ﻭ ﻃﻼ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﺸــﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺭﻏﻨﺪﺍﺏ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﻳﻠﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻻﺟﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﮔﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺳﻠﻔﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻚ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (3-1‬ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‬

‫‪23‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﻩ ﻓﻠﺰﻯ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﮕﻨﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﻭﻣﻴﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﺳــﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺟﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻧﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻟﺒﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻔﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺴــﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺳﻨﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻــﺮ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺮﺍﮔﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﻳﻠﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻴﺰﻳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺑﻴﺪﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻧﺘﺎﻟﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻮﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺩﻣﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺭﻳﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﻧﺠﻴﺒﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻃﻼ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺸــﻒ‬
‫ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﺸــﺪﻩ ﻭﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻧﻰ ﻫﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳــﻴﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷــﺮﻗﻰ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﻰ ﮔﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ..‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺸــﺒﻴﻨﻰ ﺷــﺪﺓ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (3-2‬ﻧﻤﺎﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﻰ ﮔﻚ‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺗﮕﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺟﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﺮﻩ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠﻨﮓ ﺳﺮ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺨﻠﺘﻒ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺟﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻛﺮﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴــﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻟﻮﮔﺮ ﺟﻮﺍﺭ ﺷــﻬﺮ ﺑﺮﻛﻰ ﺭﺍﺟﺎﻥ ﺳــﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 500‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﻴﺰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴــﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻧﺠﻞ ﻏﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸــﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 2 8 − 3 8 %‬ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﺑﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻜﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻳﻬﺎﻯ‬
‫‪ 0 1 − 0 3% , 0 8%‬ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﺭﻧﮕﻪ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴــﺘﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﺳــﺮﺏ‬
‫ﺟﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻧﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪24‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻣﺲ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃــﺎﺕ ﻭﻻﻳــﺖ ﻟﻮﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﻣﺲ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴــﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷــﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﺯﻧﺠﺎﻥ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺭﻏﻨﺪﺍﺏ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (3-3‬ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺲ‬

‫ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﺳــﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺟﺴــﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 430‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﻦ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﻓﺮﻧﺠﻞ ﻏﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻭﻯ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺟﺴﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ ﻭ ﻃﻼ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺷﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﺪﻫﺎﺭ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻮﻛﺴﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 2-12‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 3,5‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴــﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﻧﺠﻴﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺟﻤﻠــﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻃﻼ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺭﻛﺸــﺎﻥ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻫﻠﻤﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛــﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺯﺍ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺗﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮﻩ ﺩﺭﺧﺎﻟﺺ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﭘﻮﻟﻰ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻗﻠﻌﺔ ﺍﺳﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻧﺠﻞ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 180-2000‬ﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺗﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮﻳﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺳﺘﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭﻩ ﭘﻴﭻ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻩ ﺷﻴﮕﻞ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭﺓ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑــﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻛﻤــﻰ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻗﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﮔﻮﮔﺮﺩﻙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﮕﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺮﺩ ﺳــﺎﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴــﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 20‬ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﻤﻠﻪ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻌﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ )ﻣﻌﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﺮﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺩﻛﺶ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺓ ﺻﻮﻑ ﻭ ﺁﺷﭙﺸﺘﻪ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺳﺒﺰﻙ ﻫﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻻﺟﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺮﺩ ﭘﻨﺠﺸﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﻮﺍﺭﻣﺎﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﻗﻮﺕ ﺟﮕﺪﻟﻚ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﮔﻮﻧﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻠﻔﺮ ﺧﺎﻟــﺺ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺮﻙ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪26‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻓﻠﺰﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺤﺘﺮﻗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺗﻴﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﺎﺝ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﭘﺎﻣﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸــﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﻓﻠﺰﻯ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﮕﻨﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺮﻭﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺲ‪ ،‬ﺳــﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺟﺴــﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻧﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻟﺒﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻔﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺴﻤﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺳﻴﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻣﻪ ﻭ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺁﻫﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻴﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﻰ ﮔﻚ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﻛﺮﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴــﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳــﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻟﻮﮔﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻧﻘــﺮﺓ ﺧﺎﻟــﺺ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﭘﻮﻟﻰ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴــﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻗﻠﻌﺔ ﺍﺳــﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻧﺠﻞ‬
‫ﻏﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻛﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﻤﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻗﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﻕ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﮔﻮﮔﺮﺩﻙ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﮕﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﻯ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﻛﻤﻰ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺮﻩ¬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﺤﺎﻝ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 20‬ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﻤﻠﻪ ‪ 10‬ﻣﻌﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻛﺮﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺩﻛﺶ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺓ ﺻﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﭙﺸﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺰﻙ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻨﻰ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻻﺟﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎﻗﻮﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺷــﻬﺮﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﻣﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺍﮔﻮﻧﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻠﻔﺮﺧﺎﻟﺺ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺮﻙ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪27‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻃﻼ ﻭ ﻧﻘﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻥ ﺁﻫﻦ ﺣﺎﺟﻰ ﮔﻚ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻣﺲ ﻭ ﻛﺮﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺳﺮﺏ ﻭ ﺟﺴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻓﺮﻧﺠﻞ ﻏﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ -‬ﻗﻠﻌﺔ ﺍﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ -‬ﻧﻮﺭﺍﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻬﺮﻩ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ؟ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -10‬ﻇﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻰ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻓﺮﻧﺠﻞ ﻏﻮﺭﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ -‬ﻋﻴﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﺝ‪ -‬ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩ‪ -‬ﻧﻮﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‬

‫‪28‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟــﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺍﺯ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑــﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻧــﮓﻫــﺎﻯﻣﺨﺘﻠــﻒﻣﺸــﺎﻫﺪﻩﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴــﺪﻣﺎﻧﻨــﺪﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳــﺮﺍﻳــﻦﺻﻔﺤــﻪ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑــﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺳــﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ ﻣــﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺳــﻴﺪﻛﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳــﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﻳﻚ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸــﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﺳــﺦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳــﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷــﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠــﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻜﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﻠﺰﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻠﺰﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪2299‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳــﺖ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﻨﺸﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷــﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳــﻪ ﺩﺳــﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺳــﻰ ﺗﻘﺴــﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ )ﻣﮕﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻰ( ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺬﺍﺑﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﮕﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸــﺎﻧﻰ( ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳــﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺒ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳــﺒﻪ( ﺩﺭﻳﻚ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺗﺮﺳــﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣــﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﺰﻳﻜــﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻤﻴــﺎﻭﻯ ﻭ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜــﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﮕﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻰ ﻭ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ )ﻣﮕﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻰ(‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﺓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺸــﺎ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧــﻞ ﺯﻣﻴــﻦ ﺟﺎﮔﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳــﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑــﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠــﻒ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳــﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟــﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﺜــﺮ ﺍ ً ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠــﻒ ﻣﺘﺒﻠﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺳــﺮﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻯ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺳــﺮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﺳــﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺷــﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺟﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﻜﺴــﭽﺮ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻰ ﺳﻠﺴــﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻮﻭﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺳــﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮﻧﻴﻚ )ﻋﻤﻘﻴﻪ( ﻭ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ )ﺳــﻄﺤﻴﻪ(‬
‫ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ )ﻣﮕﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜــﻰ(‪ :‬ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﻃﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺣــﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻰ ﺷــﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻮﻑ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﺔ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸــﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﺷــﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭼﺴــﭙﻨﺪﺓ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ؛ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳــﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﺴــﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺎﺳــﻰ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﻧﺸــﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪31‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﻣﮕﻤـﺎ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺟﻴﻮﺗﺮﻣﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺧﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻣﮕﻤــﺎ ﻋﺒــﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎً ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﮔﺎﺯﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﮔﺎﺯﻯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺎﺯﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﮔﺎﺯﻯ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺟﻦ )‪ ، (H‬ﺁﺏ )‪ ، (H 2O‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻯ ﺍﻛﺴــﺎﻳﺪ ) ‪ (C O2‬ﻣﻴﺘــﺎﻥ ) ‪ ، (C H 4‬ﻧﺎﻳﺘﺮﻭﺟﻦ ) ‪ ، ( N 2‬ﺳــﻠﻔﺮ ) ‪ ، (S2‬ﺍﺭﮔﻮﻥ ) ( ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ)‪ (Cl‬ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﮔﺎﺯﻯ )ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻔﺮ(ﺍﻛﺴــﺎﻳﺪ ﺳــﻮﺩﻳﻢ )‪ ، ( N a2O‬ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﻥ ) ‪ ، (SiO 2‬ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻧﻴﻢ ) ‪ ، ( 2O3‬ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻫﻦ )‪ ، (FeO‬ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﮕﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ )‪ ، ( O‬ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ )‪(CaO‬‬

‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫)‪O‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﮕﺎﻥ‬ ‫) ‪( iO‬‬ ‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﻢ ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻴﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸــﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺩﺭ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻠﻮﻯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺷــﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ 1200 − 1050‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺳﻴﻼﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪900 − 700‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳــﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ‪ 1 C‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﺍﺩﻳﻨﺖ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻰ ) ‪ ( e e a l a e‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸــﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ 33‬ﻣﺘــﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳــﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔــﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﺼﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ ) ‪ 3 (100‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳــﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ‬

‫ﺗﻜﺴــﭽﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﺷــﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬــﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫‪ ( e‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪e‬‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ (H‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺁﻫﺴــﺘﮕﻰ ﺳــﺮﺩ‬ ‫‪l‬‬ ‫‪alli e e‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺗﻜﺴـﭽﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺭ ﺗﺎﻡ )‪e‬‬

‫ﻭ ﻣﻨــﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﻳﻚ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺗﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺮﺳــﺘﺎﻝ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ ‫) ‪( a i‬‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﭼﺴﭙﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﺑﻴﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ ﻫﻠﻮﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪32‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫‪ : (H‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ‬ ‫‪alli e e‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺗﻜﺴـﭽﺮ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ )‪e‬‬
‫ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺳــﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﭼﺴﭙﻨﺪﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻴﻤﻰ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : (A‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺗﻜﺴـﭽﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ )‪e‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻰ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷــﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ : ( a‬ﻫــﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘــﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ‬ ‫‪ii e‬‬ ‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺗﻜﺴـﭽﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﻓﻴﺮﻳﺘﻴـﻚ )‪e‬‬
‫ﺳــﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺑﻠﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺎ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻣﻜﻤﻞ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﺎﺷــﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﻓﻴﺮﻳﺘﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﭘﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﺘﻮﻛﺮﻳﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻰ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳــﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪،‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻜﺴــﭽﺮ ﺳــﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺳــﻄﺤﻴﻪ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ :‬ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺑﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺭﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺰﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻳﺪﻭﺗﻴﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ‬

‫ﻏﻴﺮﺑﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺤﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ‬
‫)ﻋﻤﻘﻰ(‬

‫‪33‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﺓ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ )ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ( ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻓﺮﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻣﺤﺴــﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺣﺘﻤﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﻣﺴﻤﻰ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺟﺰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﻳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﺭﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺭﺗﻮﻛﻼﺯ‪ ،‬ﭘﻼﺟﻴﻮﻛﻼﺯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺗﻮﻳﻴﺪﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻔﻴﺒﻮﻝ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﺮﻭﻛﺴــﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷــﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﭘﺘﺎﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻠﻤﻨﺎﻳﺖ ﻭ ﻣﮕﻨﻴﺘﻴﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑــﻪ ﺭﻧــﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﺸــﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﺔ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺷــﻜﺎﻝ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺭﻳﮓ ﺳﻨﮓ‬ ‫ﮔﻨﺎﻳﺲ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-1‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ‬

‫‪34‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫(‬ ‫‪e − ea‬‬ ‫) ‪Se e‬‬ ‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﻮﻭﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻮﻭﻳــﻦ ) ‪ ( e‬ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻴﻮﻓﺰﻳــﻚ ﺩﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗــﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺰﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻰ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻜﺎﺭﺍﻧﺶ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸــﻬﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻮﻳﻦ ﻭ ﭘﻼﺟﻴﻮﻛﻼﺯ ﻏﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺮﻭﻛﺴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺑﺰﺍﻟﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺎﺑﺮﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﭘﺘﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﻏﻨﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻳــﻊ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣــﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﺔ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻮﻭﻳﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﺘﺮﺍﻣﺎﻓﻴﻜﻰ )ﺑﺎﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﻥ‬

‫ﻏﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻓﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺮﻭﻛﺴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻔﻴﺒﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺮﻙ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻴﺖ‬

‫ﻋﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﺩﻳﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺰﺍﺑﻰ‬

‫ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺗﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺳﻜﻮﻭﻳﺖ ﺍﺑﺮﻙ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺗﻴﺰﺍﺑﻰ‬
‫) ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺳﻠﻜﺎﻥ(‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-2‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﻰ ﺑﻮﻭﻳﻦ‬

‫‪35‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ )ﻣﮕﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻰ( ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺨﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻋﻤﻘﻴﻪ ) ‪ ( l i e‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺖ )‪ ( l a i e‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﮕﻤﺎﻳﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪( l‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮﻧﺎﻳﺖ ) ‪i e‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺑﻘﺴﻢ ﺭگ ) ‪ie e‬‬
‫‪( l a i‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ )‬

‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮﻧﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺳــﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻋﻤﻘﻴﻪ ﺑﻘﺴﻢ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﮕﻤﺎﻯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻰ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺁﻫﺴــﺘﮕﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳــﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ )ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻯ( ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﻧﺎﻳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻮ ﺩﻳﻮﺭﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻳﺪﻭﺗﻴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻘﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﻟﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻻﻛﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺷﺘﻮﻙ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺫﻳﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﻫﻨﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻳﻚ‬

‫ﺩﺍﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺷﺘﻮﻙ‬ ‫ﻻﻛﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺗﻮﻟﺖ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-3‬ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﮕﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻰ‬

‫‪36‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫‪( e a‬‬ ‫‪ie K‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺑﻘﺴﻢ ﺭگ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ) ‪ ( e i‬ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺳــﺮﺩ ﺷــﺪﻥ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻮﺗــﻮﻥ ﺩﺭﺯ ﻫــﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻔﻴﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫــﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﻣﺬﺍﺑﻪ ﻣﮕﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻰ ﻣﻤﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺧﻴــﺮ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺟﺎﮔﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﻘﺴﻢ ﺭگ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬

‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺟﺰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻘﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷــﺘﻮﻙ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻠﺪﺳــﭙﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﻼﺟﻴﻮﻛﻼﺯ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﻙ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺧﺎﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻟﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﭘﻐﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‬
‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﻳﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺎﻭ‪1‬ﻣﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺵ ﺩﻫﻠﻴﺰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-4‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ‬

‫‪ ١‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﯿﯿﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﯿﻦ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﯿﺮ ﻗﻮﺍی ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﻣﯿﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﯾﻮﻧﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﯽ ﺍﯾﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﯿﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻮ ﺩﻳﻮﺭﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﺁﻥ ﻛﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﻧﮕﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‪ ،‬ﭘﻼﺟﻴﻮﻛﻼﺯ‬
‫ﻭ ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ ﭘﺘﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻨﺤﻴﺚ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﻛﺎﺭﻯ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﻠﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ‬ ‫)‪( a a‬‬ ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳــﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻻﻭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬ ‫)‪(1100 C − 1000 C‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ )ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﻪ( ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻧﻴﻢ ) ( ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻦ‬ ‫)‪(O‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻛﺴــﻴﺠﻦ‬ ‫) ‪(SiO 2‬‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳــﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻰ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫)‪ ( F e‬ﻓﻠﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷــﺪ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻜﺴــﭽﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﺔ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﺍﻓﻴﺮﻳﺘﻴﻚ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺰﺍﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺰﻳﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺰﺍﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺍﻟﺖ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺧﺎﻛﻰ ﺗﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﻮﺍﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺒﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﺎﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻻﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺟﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪38‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺳــﻄﺤﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺭﺗﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺯﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺥ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺍﻧﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻭ ﭘﻼﺟﻴﻮﻛﻼﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺳــﻂ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺮﻛﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺍﻧﻴﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﻼﺟﻴﻮ ﻛﻼﺯ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﺎً ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻧﮕﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺵ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻬﺪﺍﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﺸــﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ )ﻣﮕﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻰ( ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ؟ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩﺩﺍﺷــﺖ ﻧﻤــﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳــﺪ ﻭ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‬

‫‪39‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻠﺰﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻠﺰﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫــﺎ ﺑﺼــﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤــﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳــﻪ ﺩﺳــﺘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴــﻴﻢ ﺑﻨــﺪﻯ ﻣﻴﺸــﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ‬
‫)ﻣﮕﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻰ(‪،‬ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺒﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺭﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻴﺎﻧﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻳﺪﻭﺗﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﻳﺰﻳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺗﻜﺴــﭽﺮ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﺴــﭽﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﺴــﭽﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻭ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﻓﻴﺮﻳﺘﻴﻚ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺯﺍﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺎﺯﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﮔﺎﺯﻯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﺟﺰﺍﻯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﻜﻰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣــﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻــﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺭﻭﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﺯ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺭﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺳــﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻯ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﺠﺴﻤﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪40‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻭپ )ﺩﺳﺘﻪ( ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺎﺯﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﮔﺎﺯﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻮﺭﻣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﭘﻼﺟﻴﻮﻛﻼﺯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺯﻳﺮﻛﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﻨﺘﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﭘﺎﺗﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺏ‪ -‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺭﻣﺎﻟﻴﻦ ﺝ‪ -‬ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺑﻮﻭﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻴﻮﻓﺰﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻛﺎﻧﺎﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺟﺮﻣﻨﻰ‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺑــﻪ ﭘﻨﭻ ﮔــﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴــﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻠﻮﺗﻮﻧﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﺷﺘﻮﻙ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺏ‪ -‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﻴﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪ -8‬ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺟﺰ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻨﮓ ‪ ........................‬ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻮ ﺩﻳﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ .......................‬ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -10‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻄﺤﻴﻪ ﻭ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ‪.......................‬‬
‫‪ -11‬ﺗﺮﺍﺧﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ‪ .......................‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺭﻧﮓ ‪ .......................‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -12‬ﺍﺯ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺯﻳﺒﺎﺋﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺵ ﻭ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﻴﺚ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻨﻰ ‪ ....................... ....................... .......................‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪41‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳــﺎﻧﻰ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸــﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻃﺮﺯ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﺎً ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﮔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﮓ‪ ،‬ﺟﻐﻞ‪ ،‬ﺟﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳــﺎ ﺑــﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳــﻚ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﺭﺳــﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺳــﻮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺷــﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺁﺑﻬﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻳﮓ ﻭ ﺟﻐﻞ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍﺳﺒﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻰ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻳﺦ ﺑﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮓ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍﺳﺒﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﺗﺸﻜ ﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-1‬ﭼﮕ ﻧﮕ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻌﻰ؛ ﭼﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻧﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺷــﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪42‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺳــﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻯ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ )ﻳﺦ ﺑﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎ( ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫ﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻴﻮﻟﻮژﻳﻜﻰ )ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ( ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴــﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴــﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺑــﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻤﺾ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺤﻼﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﻟﻴﺰ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺷــﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-2‬ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪43‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ )ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ( ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻛﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻰ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻰ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬

‫‪(C a‬‬ ‫‪S e e a‬‬ ‫)‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻰ‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺭﻳﺰﻩ ﺳــﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻴﺨﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪(Ca‬‬ ‫‪l‬‬ ‫) ‪e ae‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﮕﻠﻮ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻛﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻪ ﺳﻤﻨﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻟﺸﻢ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﻤﻨﺘﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﻫﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻟﻮﻣﻴﺘﻰ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﻭﺳــﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻧﻮﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﺰ ﻭ ﺭﺥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺮﻳﻜﺴﻴﺎ )‪ ( e ia‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪(Sa‬‬ ‫)‪e‬‬ ‫ﺭﻳﮓ ﺳﻨﮓ‬

‫ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻳﮓ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﻤﻨﺖ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﻳﮓ‬
‫ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳــﻤﻨﺖ ﺭﻳﮓ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺑﺮﻙ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺼﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻳﮓ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸــﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺧﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻳﮓ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-3‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﻼ ﺳﺘﻴﻜﻰ‬

‫) ‪(S ale‬‬ ‫ﺷﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﺎً ﺍﺯ ﮔﻞ ﺭﺱ ) ‪ (Cla‬ﻭ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﺑﺮﻙ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸــﺎﺭ ﻛﻢ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻧﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺘﻮﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺷــﻴﻞ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳــﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺷــﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﻠﺘﻒ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺷــﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳــﻰ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﮕﻰ ﻭ ﺫﻏﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺷــﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳــﺮﺥ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻯ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻓﺸــﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳــﻰ ) ‪ (Cla e S i‬ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺭﻕ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫)‪ (Sla e‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪45‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫‪ -2‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻰ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﮕﻮﺭﻯ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻭ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ‬

‫ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺸــﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭپ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﺎﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﺎﺗﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳــﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﻴﺖ ) ‪ (CaCO3‬ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫)‪ (2 2 %‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪( i e‬‬ ‫)‪e‬‬ ‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﺁﻫﻜﻰ‬

‫ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺁﻫﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﺎﺗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺗﺎ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷــﻜﻞ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻫﻜﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻫﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻠﺴﻴﺖ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺸﺎ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳـﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻰ‪ :‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻫﻜﻰ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ ﺩﺍﺷــﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺳــﻠﻴﻜﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺰ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺒﻮﻉ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻏﺸﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻱ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﻳﺎﺗﻮﻡ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪46‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﻤﻚ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﮔﭻ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻨﺸﺔ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﻤﻚ )ﻧﻤﻚ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ( ﻭ ﮔﭻ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪ ﺍﺷﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﮔﭻ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺭﺳــﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳــﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠــﻪ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳــﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻫــﻢ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷــﺖ‬
‫ﺯﻣــﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛــﺮ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﻗﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳــﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘــﺎﺕﭼﻴــﻦﺧــﻮﺭﺩﻩﺗﺒﺪﻳــﻞﻣــﻰﮔــﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻓﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺁﻫﻜﻰ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﻳﮓ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺷﻴﻞ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﮕﻠﻮﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻓﺴــﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷــﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺳــﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳــﺒﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪47‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﻰ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻓﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻛﺴــﻴﺠﻦ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷــﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻫﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺮﺩﺍﺑﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻓﺸــﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺩﺍﻯ ﺍﻛﺴــﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﺖ ‪ ee‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺫﻏﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪( i‬‬ ‫)‪i e‬‬ ‫ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻟﮕﻨﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺮﺍﺳﻴﺖ )‪ (A a i e‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-4‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ‪peet‬‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ) ‪ (6 0 % − 5 5 %‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺑﺎﺗﻼﻗﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ) ‪ (2 %‬ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻳــﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺳــﺨﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘــﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷــﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪48‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻟﮕﻨﺎﻳﺖ )‪(Lignite‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﺔ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻯ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ) ‪ (7 0 %‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﻗﻬﻮﻩ ﺍﻯ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮگ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻰ )‪(Coals‬‬

‫ﻣﻘــﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻴﺼــﺪﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ) ‪ (8 0%‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷــﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻛﺲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﺮﺍﺳﻴﺖ )‪(Antracite‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ) ‪ (9 6%‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ) ‪ (9 6%‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻫﻢ ﺻﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻯ ﺭﻳﮓ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺳﻤﻨﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺣﺼﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺳﻤﻨﺖ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﺳﻤﻨﺖ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺭﺧﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳــﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ ﭼﺴــﭙﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﺎﻧﮕﻠﻮﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻳﻜﺴﻴﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪49‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﻧﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻧﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﺦ ﺑﻨﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻤﺾ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺤﻼﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻓﺮﺳــﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﮕﻠﻮﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ ﻭ ﺷﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻳﮓ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺎﺩﻩ ﺭﻭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭپ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﺎﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷــﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻟﮕﻨﺎﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﺮﺍﺳﻴﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺟﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺭﻳﮓ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺑﺮﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻮﺭﻣﺎﻟﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺩ‪ -‬ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺷﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﻏﻠﻂ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺼﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻭپ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺞ ﮔﺮﻭپ‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭ ﻏﻠﻂ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ )ﺹ( ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻏﻠﻂ ﻋﻼﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻏﻠﻂ )ﻍ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺫﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ) (‬
‫(‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻯ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪) .‬‬
‫(‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻯ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ) ‪ (8 0%‬ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪).‬‬

‫‪51‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﻳﻔﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺒ ً‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﺓ )ﻣﮕﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻰ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ( ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﺳــﺔ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﺰﻡ ﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﺰﻡ‪ :‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﺰﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺳــﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪ :‬ﮔﻞ ﺭﺱ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺳﻔﺎﻟﻰ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻯ ﺁﺏ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺧﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﺳــﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﺧﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻮﺭﻩ ﮔﺬﺍﺷــﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺴــﻢ ﺳــﺨﺖ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺭﺱ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴــﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳــﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﮓ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻫﻤﻴﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﻧﻤﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫)ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ( ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸـﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸــﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺒﻠــﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﻠﻈﺖ‪ :‬ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺍﺳﺎﺳــﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻯ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﺰﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﺔ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﺰﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﺰﻡ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﭼﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﺔ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻣﺮ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﺩ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﭘﺮﻭﺳــﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺎ‬

‫‪52‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘــﺎﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﺎﺗــﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻣﺮﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺳﻴﺖ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (3-1‬ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺎً ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺩﻳﺪﻛﺘﻴﻔﻰ( ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺴــﺘﻪ ﺍﻯ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﺪﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻋﺪﺳﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﮔﻨﺎﻳﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺧﻄﻰ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻳﻜﺠﺎﻳﻰ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﻤﺮﻧﮓ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﻋﻴﻨﻜﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (3-2‬ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭ ﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪53‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻣﺮﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺳﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﻨﺎﻳﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻔﺒﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﻣﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﺎﺗﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳــﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺟﻨﺒﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺮﻣﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﻣﺮ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (3-3‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺮﻣﺮ‬

‫‪ Quarzite‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺳــﻴﺖ‪ :‬ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻓﻴﺼﺪﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪، (Sa‬ﻛﺎﻧﮕﻠﻮﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺳــﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ )‪e‬‬

‫ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸــﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺒﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺰﻳﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺰﺋﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻓﺮﺵ ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﺯﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪54‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫‪ Gnise‬ﮔﻨﺎﻳﺲ‪ :‬ﮔﻨﺎﻳﺲ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﮕﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻰ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻠﺪﺳــﭙﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﻨﺎﻳﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻮﮔﻨﺎﻳﺲ ﻭ ﮔﻨﺎﻳﺲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﮔﻨﺎﻳﺲ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (3-4‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻨﺎﻳﺲ‬

‫‪ Amphebolite‬ﺍﻣﻔﺒﻮﻟﻴـﺖ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﻔﺒﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺳــﺎً ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻣﻔﺒﻮﻝ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻣﻔﺒﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺭﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺎﺳــﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺳــﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻔﺒﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺑﺰﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫) ‪ (550 − 759 C‬ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪55‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍ ﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﺰﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﺰﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﺰﻡ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﺰﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺗﻜﺴــﭽﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺷــﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﻌﻜﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﺮﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺳﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﻨﺎﻳﺲ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻔﺒﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪56‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﺰﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﺰﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻜﺴﭽﺮ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻣﻔﺒﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺳﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻣﺮﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ..................‬ﺑﺎ ‪ ......................‬ﻋﻤﻖ‪ .........................‬ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺳﻴﺖ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺩﺭﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺮﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬؟‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻣﻔﺒﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﻣﻮﺭﻓﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -10‬ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﮔﻨﺎﻳﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬

‫‪57‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺒﺒﻰ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﻝ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺣﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻄﻪ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﺪ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﺔ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻭﺳــﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﻭ ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺩﺍﻧﺸــﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺳــﻌﻰ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﭼﻮﻥ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺷــﺪﻥ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴﭙﻮﺭﺗﻴﺸﻦ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﺑﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮔﺴــﺘﺮﺩﺓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪58‬‬
‫‪58‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺷــﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻮﻯ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳــﻄﺤﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳــﻄﺤﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳــﻔﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺫﻭﺏ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺑﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻧﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺰﻭﺩﻯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗــﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺟﺮﻳــﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘــﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺫﻭﺏ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺦ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﻼﻃﻢ ﺁﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺴــﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺴﺘﺸــﻮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﺑﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺑﺮﻑ )ﺩﺭ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ( ﻭ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺷــﺪﻥ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ )ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪﺍﻥ( ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴــﺘﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ‪:‬‬ ‫)‪(3 − 2‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﻫﺎ‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬

‫‪59‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫‪ -1‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳــﺎ ﻫــﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗــﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻘﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻘﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻫــﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻧﺎﻣﻨــﺪ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻘﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭﺓ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﻨﮓ‬
‫ﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻘﻰ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳــﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺗﻴﺮﺍﺱ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﺮﺿﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴــﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﺎً ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﺨﺘﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺴــﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﺯ ﻭ ﻧﺸﻴﺐ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺁﺑﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺸﻨﮓ ﻭ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻨﮕﻰ ﻏﺎﺭﻭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﻟﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺑﺸــﺎﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﺁﺑﺸﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﻟﻤﺒﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺯﺍﻣﺒﻴﺰﻯ )ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ(‬
‫‪ 427‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﺑﺸــﺎﺭ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳــﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﺁﺑﺸــﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻳﮕﻮﺍﺳــﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻋﺮﻳﻀﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﺑﺸﺎﺭ )‪ 2700‬ﻣﺘﺮ( ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﺷــﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﺑﺸﺎﺭ ﭼﻘﺮﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮓ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻒ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻨﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻃﻮﻟﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ‬‫ﮔﺮﺩﺵ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻯ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻗﺒ ً‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﻘﻰ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﺏ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻯ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺑﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺳــﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺷــﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻴﺰﻯ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪60‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-1‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺨﺮﺑﻴﺎﺗﻰ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻳﻰ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭﻩ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ V‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳــﻌﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ u‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷــﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻩ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺁﻥ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬

‫ﺩﻳــﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳــﺎﺣﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﭘﺮﻭﺳــﻪ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻏﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻏﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺎ ﺳــﺮﻋﺖ ) ‪ ( 0 16‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺳــﺮﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﮓ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺳــﺮﻋﺖ ‪ 12‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻓﻰ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺁﻥ ‪ 500‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪61‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷــﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺳــﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻟﮕﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺳــﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ‪ 43‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺗﻦ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺪ ‪ 446‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺗﻦ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻣﻮ )‪ (570‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺗﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﻟﺸــﻢ ﻭ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻐﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺳــﺎﺱ ﺍﺻﻄﻜﺎﻙ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺴــﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺳــﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻐﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺳــﻨﮕﭽﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺳﻨﮕﭽﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻳﮓ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻐﻠﻪ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﻰ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪ 1000‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﻳﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻫــﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻰ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺑﺠﺰ ﺭﻳﮓ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺟﻐﻠﻪ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﭽﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬

‫ﻼ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺴــﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﺒ ً‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﻐﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺳــﻨﮕﭽﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺭﻳﮓ ﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸــﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺤﻠﻪ )ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ( ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺍﺳﺒﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪62‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-2‬ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺴﺎﻡ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﺖ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻭﺍﺑﺴــﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﮕﻤﺎﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻮﻯ ﺣﺎﻳﺰ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺴــﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻠــﻰ ﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﺤــﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻩ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺳﻤﻰ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘــﻪ ﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﺯﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴــﺮﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪63‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-3‬ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺁﺑﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ‬

‫ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ‬

‫ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﻭﻟﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺤﻼﻝ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺷﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻮﻯ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻯ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﺨﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺤﻠﺔ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﺳــﺔ ﻛﺎﺭﻯ ﻭ ﺷﺴﺘﺸــﻮﻯ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴــﺖ ﺁﺑﻬــﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻫــﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺩﺭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ‪ ،‬ﮔﻞ ﻓﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﻳﺦ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﻰ ﺳﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﺭﺯﻯ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪64‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-4‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻫﻜﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﻰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪
t‬ﻋﻤــﻞ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺤــﻼﻝ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻪ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻭ ﺳــﻄﺤﻰ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻴﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪65‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ t‬ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺫﻭﺏ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻭ ﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﻭﺍﺩﻯ ﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺳــﻄﺤﻰ ﻋﺒــﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪:‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘــﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭﻳــﺎ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤــﻮﻻً ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻘﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﺎً ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳــﺨﺘﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺍﺯ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻴﺐ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺁﺑﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﺷــﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﻏﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺳــﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴــﺎﻣﺖ ﺷــﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺁﺏ ﻫــﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤــﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺳــﻄﺤﻰ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴــﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﻟﻴﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪66‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺁﺑﺸﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﺩﺭﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﮕﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻣﻮ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺳﻨﮕﭽﻞ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺪﺍﻧﻪ )ﺟﻐﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ(‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻨﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ )ﺭﻳﮓ ﻫﺎ(‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ..............................................................................‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -10‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ....................‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ............................‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪67‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺷــﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﺳــﻮﺍﻻﺗﻰ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﺩ؟ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ؟‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻳﺦ ﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻞ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸــﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ ﭘﺲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﻫــﻢ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪﻛﻪ ﻳﺨﭽــﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺟﻬــﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻛﻮﺷــﺶ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-1‬ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪68‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳــﻔﻴﺮﻯ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﻑ ﻫﺎ ﺳــﺒﺐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻳﺨﭽــﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳــﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺴــﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻳﺦ ﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺜــﺮ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﭽــﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻭﺯﻥ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳــﺮﺍﺯﻳﺮ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻰ ﺩﺭﺓ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺎﻃﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﻩ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﻟﻐﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﺳـﻪ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ‪ :‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﻯ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴــﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫــﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﻭ ﻟﺸﻢ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻨــﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛــﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﭼﻘﺮﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻒ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﻩ ﺍﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﭘﻬﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺸﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﺑﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺑﺮﻭﻯ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺭﺩﻳﻒ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ‪ ،‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨــﺪ ﻛﻨﺪﻩ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫــﺎﻯ ﻣﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺫﻭﺏ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﻯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬

‫‪69‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﺷــﺮﻕ ﻫﻨﺪﻭﻛﺶ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻯ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻨﺠﺸــﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻨﮕﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴــﻠﻪ ﻛــﻮﻩ ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻫــﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺩﺭﺓ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺳﻠﺴــﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳــﻔﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﺱ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-2‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪70‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺮﻑ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺳــﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻗﻠﻞ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺤﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻣﺸــﺘﻤﻞ ﭘﺮﻭﺳــﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴــﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭﺓ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﭘﻬﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺸﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪71‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﻮﺍﻻﺕ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺒﺐ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴــﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺎﺝ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﺴــﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺟﻨﻮﺏ ﺷﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺷﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺏ‪ -‬ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﻏﺮﺏ‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻳﺨﭽــﺎﻝ ﻫــﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ....................‬ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺣﺘــﻰ ‪ ....................‬ﻣﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻟﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ‪ ....................‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻭﻯ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻒ ﻭ ﺏ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬

‫‪72‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻴﻢ؛ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻥ ﺑﻠﺪﻫﺴﺘﻴﻢ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳــﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﺻﺒﺤﮕﺎﻫﻰ‪،‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺯﻣﺴــﺘﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺧﺰﺍﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺧﻮﺷــﺒﺨﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸــﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺩﻫــﺎﻯ ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑــﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃــﻮﻝ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺭﻭﺯﻩ ﻣﺸــﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺣﺲ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸــﺘﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳــﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳــﺆﺍﻻﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻫﻦ‬
‫ﺷــﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺣﻞ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴــﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (3-1‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺠــﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴــﻢ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﺮﺳــﺐ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻌﻀﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﭙﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬

‫‪73‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺎﺭﺯ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻮﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﻣﺴــﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻂ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻔﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬

‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻭ ﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﺪﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻛﻮﺭﻳﮋﻥ ‪2‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺻﺤﺮﺍ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺴــﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺷــﺖ ﻧﺎﻭﺭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻳﮓ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴــﭙﻮﺭﺗﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﺳﻔﺎﻟﺘﻰ )ﺧﺎﻣﻪ( ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ؛ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻠﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻳﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻳﻰ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻭ ﺑﺮﻭﻯ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﺷــﻜﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﺮﺍ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬ﻛﻮﺭﻳﮋﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻻﺗﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺳﻮﻫﺎ ﻧﻜﺎﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ‪.‬‬

‫‪74‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ)‪ (3-2‬ﺩﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺭﻳﮓ‪ ،‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺳــﻨﮕﭽﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷــﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺸــﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺷــﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﺎً ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻤﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧــﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﺻﺪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ؛‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺭﻳﮓ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺷــﺖ ﻣﺎﺭﻛﻮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺑﻮ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷــﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺷﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﻗﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻤﻨﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ‪10‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺗﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪75‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﺳـﺔ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﻞ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﭼﻮﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻙ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻮﺍﺭﺗﺰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺪﺳﭙﺎﺭ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺮﺩﻭ ﺭﻳﮓ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺳــﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻁ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳــﺒﺎﺕ ﺑــﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴــﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻤﻨﺘﻴﺸــﻦ‬
‫)‪ (cementation‬ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴــﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻄﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺭﻳﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳــﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﻞ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺩﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪76‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫‪ t‬ﺑﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺸﻢ ﻭ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻠﻪ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻌﻀﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﭙﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﺯ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﺷــﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻥ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺮﺍﻧﺴــﭙﻮﺭﺗﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺁﺳــﻔﺎﻟﺘﻰ )ﺧﺎﻣﻪ( ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺷــﺪﺓ ﺭﻳﮓ‪ ،‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺳــﻨﮕﭽﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷــﻜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻨﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺗﺮﺳــﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻤﻨﺘﺸﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﻄﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪77‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻳﺠﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸــﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺳــﺒﺐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﺷــﻜﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁ ﻣﺪﻩ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺤﺮﺍ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻔﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﺑﻪ ‪ ....................‬ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ ....................‬ﺗﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎ‪ ....................‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.................... .................... ....................‬‬
‫‪ .................... ....................‬ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻣﺘﺮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻧﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫‪ -10‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺷﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺖ‬

‫‪78‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻳــﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺳــﺒﺐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣــﺪﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺳــﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﭘﺲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺳــﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺸــﺘﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﻢ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺳــﺒﺐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺧﻮﺑﺘﺮ ﻓﻜﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺵ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ )ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ( ﻭﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﺳــﺦ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﻟﺖ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺎﺑﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪7799‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟‬
‫ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻪ ﺳــﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ :‬ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫)ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻰ( ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺘﻰ )ﻭﺳﻄﻰ( ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺑﺰﺍﻟﺘﻰ )ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻰ(‬

‫ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺷــﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁ ﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1,057‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2,65‬ﮔﺮﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻓﻰ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺗﺎ ‪ 10‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 15‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺬﺷــﺘﻪ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳــﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﻠﺘﻒ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺘﻰ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﮕﻤﺎﺗﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺘﺤﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎ ‪ 20‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 40‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻼ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺘﻰ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2 .6 5‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 2 .7 0‬ﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺳــﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬
‫ﺍﺳــﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺳــﺮﺣﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺗﺎ ‪ 1000‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ 981‬ﻣﻴﮕﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ‪ 10000‬ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻛﻨﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪80‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﺰﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﺰﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ‪ 8‬ﺗﺎ ‪30‬‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸــﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺑﺰﺍﻟﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﺰﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ 3.3 2‬ﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ‬
‫( ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻣﻮﻫﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ )‬
‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺵ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺵ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 8‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 80‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ 2900‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ ﻣﺸــﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﻓﺸــﺎﺭ ﻧﻈــﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﺑــﻪ ﮔﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭘﻮﺵ ﻫﺴــﺘﻪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ 100‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ 1500-1400‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳــﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﻛــﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﻋﻤــﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻰ‬
‫ﺣــﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳــﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺸــﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻤﻴــﻖ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﻫــﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 3‬ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﻣﻮﻫﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﻳﻮﮔﻮﺳﻼﻭﻯ )ﻛﻪ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ( ﻣﻮﻫﻮ ﺍﻭﻳﺠﻴﭻ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1959‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﻯ ﻣﺴﻤﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪81‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴــﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺴــﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳــﻰ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﺴــﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺷــﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺱ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺣﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺸــﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺴــﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ‪ 3. 5‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳــﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺴــﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 17 . 9‬ﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ 2000‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺸﺮﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ‬

‫ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺧﺎﺟﻲ‬

‫ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-1‬ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬

‫‪82‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‪ :‬ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ 10‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 15‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 8‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 80‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ 2900‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﭘﻮﺵ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 100‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ‪ 1400‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 1500‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪﺱ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻣﺎﺣﻮﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺴﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 17 . 9‬ﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪2000‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪83‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺵ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻰ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺵ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﮔﺎﺯ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻣﻮﻫﻮ ﺭﻭﻳﭽﻴﭻ‬ ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻛﻨﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻣﻮﻫﻮ‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ 900 -‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ 1000 -‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺩ‪ 1500 -‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ 500 -‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫‪ -10‬ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ‪ ....................‬ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫‪ ....................‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ‪ ....................‬ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪84‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﮕﻤﺎﺩﺭ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻜﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧــﺪ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺸــﻜﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﺴــﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‬

‫ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1915‬ﻡ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻧﻤﺸﻨﺪ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ )ﻭﮔﻨﺮ( ﺑﺎ ﺷﻮﺍﻫﺪﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺍﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 200‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻰ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺸﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﭘﻨﮕﻴﺎ ) ‪ ( a aea‬ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺸﻜﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺧﺸﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﻘﺴــﻴﻢ ﺷــﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺳــﺎﻝ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜــﻪ ﻭﮔﻨﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﻧﺴــﺒﺘﺎً ﺧﻮﺑﻰ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤــﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﻭﮔﻨﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯ ﮔﺎﺭﻯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘــﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮگ ﻭﮔﻨﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﺴــﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺎﻳﻴــﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺷــﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ‪1968-1950‬ﻡ ﭘﻴﺸــﺮﻓﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳــﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻒ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﺎ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻭﮔﻨﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪85‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-1‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﮔﻨﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﻮﺭﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ‪2000‬ﻡ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪86‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫‪ -1‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸــﺘﺮ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺩ ﺭﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺟﺎ ﺳــﺨﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﺯ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟـﻒ( ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﺸـﻜﻪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫــﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻟﺒﺔ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ﺻﺪ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳــﻨﺪ ﺫﻭﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﺮﺍ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ( ﺑﺮﺧـﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻳــﻚ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻢ ﺷــﺪﻥ ﻟﺒﺔ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﮔــﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺮﻭ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺒﻠﻰ ﺫﻭﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺩﺍﻣﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺳــﺒﺐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸــﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-2‬ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪87‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﻛﻢ ﻭ ﻣﺴــﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻮﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻟﭗ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻭﺭﺍﻝ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻣﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-3‬ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪ -3‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻳــﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣــﻰ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺻﻔﺤــﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒــﻰ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻗﺸــﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳــﺪ ﺍﻳﺠــﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺻــﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻤﻰ‬
‫ﮔﻴــﺮﺩ ﺯﻳــﺮﺍ ﺩﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﺠــﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻫــﻢ ﺩﻳﮕــﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻟﻐﺰﻧــﺪ ﻛــﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴــﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴــﺘﮕﻰ ﺳــﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻳﺎﺱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-4‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻭﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﻗﻄﻰ ﮔﻮﮔﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺘﺠﺔ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪88‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪ ﺁﻟﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1915‬ﻣﻴﻼﺩﻯ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﮔﻨﺮ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻜﺶ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 200‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺸﻜﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﭘﻨﮕﻴﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻢ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﻭﮔﻨﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﻭ ﺳﺎﺯ ﮔﺎﺭﻯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻟﺬﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﺯ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻛــﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻟﻐﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺳــﺒﺐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪89‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺧﺸﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ 200‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﻳﺎﺱ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻓﺮﻭ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ‪ ....................‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ‪ ....................‬ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻟﺒﺔ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ....................‬ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ‪ ....................‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ....................‬ﺯﻳﺮ ‪ ....................‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ‬
‫‪ ....................‬ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﻛــﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺩﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ ....................‬ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻــﻮﺭﺕ ‪ ....................‬ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫‪ -10‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ‪ ....................‬ﺳﺎﻝ ‪....................‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪90‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ‬
‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺠﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺍﻋﻈﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴــﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫــﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺳــﺒﺐ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻧﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻫﺴــﺘﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳــﺎﺱ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﺴــﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺴــﺘﺮﺵ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ؟ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﺳــﻰ ﮔﺴــﺘﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻠﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﻭﮔﻨﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﺮﺩﻳﻢ‪ .‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳــﺎﻝ ‪ 1912‬ﻭﮔﻨﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳــﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳــﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 1929‬ﺗﺎ ‪1962‬ﻡ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﻨﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭﺳــﻂ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳــﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﺎً ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ‬
‫)ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳــﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ( ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻘﺐ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ ﺧﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺴــﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳــﺖ؛‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴــﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﻮﻣﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴــﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺖ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺟﺮﻳــﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﻣﺎﻝ ﻫــﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴــﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺤﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (3-1‬ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪91‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﻮﻣﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﮔﺴــﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﺴــﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧــﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﻮﻣﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻮﻣﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﺓ ﺍﺿﻤﺤﻼﻝ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﻮﻣﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ؛ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳــﺎﻝ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ؛ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻰ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺞ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﻭﺟﺰﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (3-2‬ﺍﻧﻮﻣﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪92‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﻫﻨﺲ ﻛﺴﻰ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﺎً ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫‪
t‬ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﺸﺮ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ )ﻳﺎ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ( ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺵ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﻮﻣﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺖ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻰ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﻮﻣﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﻧﻮﻣﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﺓ ﺍﺿﻤﺤﻼﻝ ﻗﻄﺐ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴــﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﻮﻣﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻠﺴــﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺯﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪93‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻫﻨﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺍﻧﻮﻣﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻧﻮﻣﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻘﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؟ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺖ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ‪ ....................‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ‪ ....................‬ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ ﺁﻭﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪94‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﺱ ﻗﺒﻠﻰ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﻯ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﻭﮔﻨﺮ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳــﺎﻝ ‪1915‬ﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎﺗﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳــﺖ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ‪ 1970-1950‬ﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻜﺸــﺎﻑ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸــﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﭘﺲ ﻣﻰ ﭘﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬

‫ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﭼﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؟ ﻛﻤﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﻣﻴﺸﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺳــﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷــﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻄﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻗﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺗﻌﺪﺍ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻯ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺑﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪95‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻛﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻃﻰ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﺎﻟﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 50‬ﻣﺎﻳﻞ )‪ 80‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ( ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺷﺎﺧﺔ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﺩﺍﻍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪﺓ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭگ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪96‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﻭ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ‪،‬ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺠﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻓﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 600‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﻤﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻟﭗ ﻭ ﻫﻴﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺸﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﭘﻼﺱ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (4-1‬ﻛﻤﺮﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪97‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺩﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻴﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺒﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﭙﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺮﻭﻃﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻥ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 3000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﺎﺭﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﻥ ‪ 11053‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (4-2‬ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪98‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻛﻮﺭﻳﻞ )ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫‪ 10572‬ﻣﺘــﺮ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﻛﻮﻫﺴــﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻮﺭﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﺎﺭﻳﺎﻧــﺎ )ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 11053‬ﻣﺘﺮ( ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﻩ ﻣﺎﺭﻳﺎﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﭘﻴﺮﻭ‪ ،‬ﺟﺒﻠﻰ )ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 8064‬ﻣﺘﺮ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﺪ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﺳﻴﺲ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‬

‫ﺯﻳﺮﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺮﺳــﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﺎً ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺷــﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺳــﻴﺲ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻓﺎﺳــﻴﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1838‬ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻮﻳﺴﻰ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳــﻴﺲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ )ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ( ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻴﻮﺳﻴﻨﻮﺯ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ‬ ‫ﻭ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺑﻴﻮﺳــﻴﻨﻮﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﺭﮔﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﻴﺲ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺳﻴﺲ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﻒ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺟﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﺎﺳــﻴﺲ ﻣﺴــﻴﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺧﻴﺰﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﺳﻴﺲ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﺤﺮ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻂ ﺳــﺎﺣﻠﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺧﺸــﻜﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﻼ ﺟﻐﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﺳﻴﺲ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒ ً‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺭﻳﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﮔﻞ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﻓﺖ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﮔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻗﻤﺴــﺖ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﺎﻧﮕﻠﻮﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻤﺮﻭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 25-30‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪99‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻯ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻳﻤﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻗــﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ ﻭ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺑﺴــﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳــﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫‪
t‬ﻗــﻮﺍﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻫﺴــﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻡ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻞ ﻳﺎ‪ 80‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺷﺎﺧﺔ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﻯ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺳــﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻓﺶ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 600‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻛﻤﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺁﻟﭗ ﻭ ﻫﻴﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻠﺴــﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﭘﻼﺱ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﻣﺤﺴــﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ ﺳﻠﺴــﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻴﻤﺎﻟﻴﺎ‬ ‫‪
t‬ﻛــﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﺩﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻡ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﻨﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺴــﺘﻪ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻣﺎﺭﻳﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ‪ 11053‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻓﺎﺳــﻴﺲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺠﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺑﻴﻮﺳﻴﻨﻮﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫‪
t‬ﻓﺎﺳــﻴﺲ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺳــﻴﺲ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳــﺎﺣﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﻒ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺟﺎﻧﻰ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪100‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻭ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﭼﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻫﻢ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻛﻤــﺮ ﺑﻨــﺪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫــﻰ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣــﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫــﺎﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ؟ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺍﻛﺜــﺮﺍ ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺩﺭ ‪ .........................‬ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ‪.........................‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﻫﺴﺘﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺮﺣﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ‪ .........................‬ﻭ ‪ .........................‬ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻛﻮﺭﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ .........................‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ‪ .........................‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﻓﺎﺳﻴﺲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺭﻳﻒ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺟﺎﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻓﺎﺳﻴﺲ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‬
‫‪ -10‬ﺑﺤﺮ ﻗﻠﻤﺮﻭ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ 30-50 -‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ 25-30 -‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺩ‪ 2000 -‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ 50-75 -‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬

‫‪101‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺳﺎﻳﺰﻣﻴﻜﻰ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳــﺖ ﻧﻴﺴــﺖ؛ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎً ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳــﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﻮﺳــﺘﻪ؛ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻧﺴــﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺪﻭ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳــﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺩﺳــﺖ ﺑﮕﺮﻳﺒﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳــﺪﻩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً‬
‫ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ¬ﮔﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺰﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﻣﻄﺮﺡ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺸــﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺍﺳــﺖ؟ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣــﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻯ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻭﻗــﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺷــﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﻤﺰﻣــﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸــﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺳــﺮﺍﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺣﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺮﻩ ﺣﻔﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻼﻫﺎ ﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸــﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﻼﻫﺎ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻮپ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺸــﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻫــﺰﺍﺭﺍ ﻫﺎ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸــﻮﺭ ﻫــﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﻮﺳــﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻧــﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﻰ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺸــﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺳــﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪102‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺮﺏ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﺎً ﻓﻮﻗﺘﺎً‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﻰ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ‪ 830‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ . 1556‬ﻡ ﻭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1976‬ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﻛﺸــﺘﺎﺭ ‪ 750‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺨﺮﺏ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺸــﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳــﺎﻝ ‪ 1995‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺷــﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳــﺘﺎﻕ ﻭﻻﻳﺖ ﺗﺨﺎﺭ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ 600‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ؛ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺳــﺎﻝ ‪1997‬ﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺭﺍﺏ ﻓﺎﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺩ؛ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺯﻟﺰﻟــﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻔﻴﻒ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻛﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟــﻪ ﻳــﻚ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻯ ﺧﻠﻘﺖ ﺯﻣﻴــﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻟــﺮﺯﺵ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣــﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺮﺩﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳــﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﺴــﺎﻧﻮﻯ ﻣﺘﻜﻰ ﺑﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷــﺘﻦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺷﺎﺥ ﮔﺎﻭ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﭘﺸﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫــﻰ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺸــﺖ ﺍژﺩﻫﺎ ﭘﻨﺪﺍﺷــﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘــﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺸــﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺳﻔﻴﻚ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺩﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﭙﺎﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﻼﻧﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻜﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﻔﻮﺭﻧﻴﺎ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺒﺶ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺭﻫﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﻞ ﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪103‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻭ ﺷﺪﺕ‬
‫ﺷــﺪﺕ ﻭ ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷــﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷــﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﺴــﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﺲ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺻﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺁﻻﺕ‬
‫‪ (Sei‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ )‬

‫ﻗﻮﻯ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭼﺎﻛﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺻﺪﺍﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻬﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻤﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺷﻜﺴــﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻙ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺗﺨﻨﻴﻜﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺍﺯﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺷــﺪﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺑﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ‪ 10‬ﺑﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺭﺳــﻰ ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪ 1883‬ﻭ ‪ 12‬ﺑﺎﻝ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﻣﻴﺮﻛﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻧﻜﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪1912‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺸــﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻜﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺗﺮﻯ ﺁﻥ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﻭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﺷﺨﺎﺻﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻣﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻠﺪﻳــﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻗﻮﻩ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺭﺯﻳﺎﺑﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺴــﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (Sei‬ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻟﺔ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻣﻮﻣﻴﺘﺮ ) ‪e e‬‬

‫‪ (Sei‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ) ‪a‬‬

‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪S‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪P‬‬ ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ‬

‫‪(Sei‬‬ ‫ﻳﺎ )‬ ‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-1‬ﺁﻟﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬

‫‪104‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﻣﻨﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳــﺘﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ‪ S‬ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺸــﺮ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻰ ) ‪ ( i a − a e‬ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻯ ) ‪ (Se a S − a e‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ؛ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﺘﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻻﻭ ) ‪ ( e a e‬ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺭﻳﻠﻰ ) ‪ ( a lei a e‬ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷــﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻻﻭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ S‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﻳﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺤﺮ‪ ،‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﻳﺮﻭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺵ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺳــﻄﺤﻰ ﻻﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﻳﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-2‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪105‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴــﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄــﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ¬ﮔﻰ ﻣــﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣــﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻈــﺮﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸــﺎﻥ ﺳــﻴﻼﺏ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷــﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻮﻫﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻭﻧﺸﺴــﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﻬﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺮﻭﺩ ﻭ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺍﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺳــﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ)ﻗﻄﻊ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ( ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻧﺮژﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ )ﻧﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﭼﻮﺏ ‪ (...‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻧﺎﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﺛﺮ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ ﺭﻭﻧﻤﺎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷــﺮﻭﻉ ﺳــﺎﻝ ‪ 2000‬ﻡ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻯ ﻃﺎﻗﺖ ﻓﺮﺳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻧﺪ ﻭﺑﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻴﻤﻰ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﺎﻥ ﻛﻬﻨﺴﺎﻝ ﺟﻨﮕﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻬﺮ ﭘﺎﺭﻳﺲ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ ﻛﻦ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ؛‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺭﻭﻝ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﻯ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ‬

‫ﺳــﻴﻼﺏ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻰ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧــﺪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻃﻐﻴﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺷــﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺫﻭﺏ ﺳــﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺧﺸــﻚ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺳــﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺎﻛﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪1889‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻧﺴﺘﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﭘﻨﺴــﻴﻠﻮﺍﻧﻴﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺷﻜﺴــﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺁﺏ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺷﺪﻥ ‪ 2200‬ﻧﻔﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ً ﺧﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪106‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻰ )‪(Tsunami‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺗﻮﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ‬ ‫‪e‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺗﻴﻔﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺍﻭﻟﻮﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺩﺭ ﺍﻭﺍﻳﻞ ﺳﺮﻃﺎﻥ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﺳــﺘﻮﺍ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺘﺎﺑﺪ ﺳــﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﮔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﺑــﺎﺩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﻮﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻃﻮﺭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔــﺮﺩﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻭ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺳــﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ )ﺗﻴﻔﻮﻥ( ﺩﺭ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺳــﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺳــﺎﻟﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳــﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻰ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ ﺧﺴــﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺷــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩ ﻣﻤﺎﻟﻚ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻓﺎﻣﻴﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻰ ﺳــﺮﭘﻨﺎﻩ ﺳــﺎﺧﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 100‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺭﺍﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻡ ﻣﺮگ ﺳــﭙﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻰ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻦ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺑﺮﻣﻮﺩﺍ ﻭﻛﻴﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳــﺘﻘﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺍ ً ﺧﺴﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺳــﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺪ ﺍﻭﺳــﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻦ ﺳــﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺷﺮﻗﻰ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻼﺷﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ 25 .‬ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻪ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﮔﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺠﺎ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳــﺎﻝ ‪1944‬ﻡ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ 6 ،‬ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪ 250‬ﻧﻔﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻛﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺮﺑﻨﺎﻳﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﺎﺭﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺮ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻰ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺎﻭﺍﻯ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺭﺗﻮﺭﻳﻜﻮ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺭﺟﻴﻦ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪107‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻰ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻫﻰ‪ ،‬ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺮ ﺗﻮپ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺛﻘﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻭﺍﺯ ﻃﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺎﻓﻮﻕ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟــﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺷــﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ؛ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﭙﻴــﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺰﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﻳﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﻼﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺷﺪﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻟﺔ ﻳﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻣﻮﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷــﺪﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﻛﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻧﻜﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻝ ‪1912‬ﻡ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺮﺡ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ‪ 1‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 12‬ﺑﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳــﺘﻪ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺷــﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪ P‬ﻭ ‪ S‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻟﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺑﺮ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪﺓ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻻﻭ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﻳﻠﻰ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻰ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺷــﺎﻣﻞ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻼﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻫﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻭﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪108‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺨﭽﺔ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺩﻧﻴﺎ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺷﺪﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻻﺕ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻧﮕﺎﺭ ﺏ‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻳﺰ ﻣﻮﮔﺮﺍﻑ ﺝ‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺷﺪﺕ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ‪ 12‬ﺑﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻣﻴﺮﻛﺎﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻧﻜﺎﻧﻰ ﺝ‪ -‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﻜﺎﻧﻰ ﺩ‪ -‬ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻒ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻓﻮﺭﻳﻞ‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺟﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ؟‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪S‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪p‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻰ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪p‬ﻭ‪s‬‬

‫‪ -8‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻃﻮﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ‪ p‬ﻭ ‪s‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎﻯ ﻏﺮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺳــﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪ ﺳﺮﻣﺎﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪2003 -‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪1900 -‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪2000 -‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪2004 -‬‬
‫‪ -10‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻴﻼﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻮﻧﺎﻣﻰ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺗﻴﻀﻮ ﻭ ﻫﺮﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻞ‬

‫‪109‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﺓ ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻭ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺞ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴــﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺮﺍ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭼﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ¬ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴــﺘﮕﻰ ﻳﻜﺴــﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻫــﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﺭﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ¬ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺯ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ) ‪ (F l‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﻭﺳﻌﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻔﺖ ﻃﻮﻝ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺤﻨﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﺪﺏ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﻌﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﺳــﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻰ ﻛﻼﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﻴﻨﻜﻼﻳﻦ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺳﺮﻙ ﺗﻨﮕﻰ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﭙﺮ ﻭ ﺗﻨﮕﻰ ﺍﺑﺮﻳﺸﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺎﻫﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻨﮕﺮﻫﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺷﻬﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺮ ﺩﺭﻭﺍﺯﻩ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻳﻰ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸــﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ )‪(Symmetrical Folds‬‬
‫ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺟﻨﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺭﻣﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪110‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﻧﺪﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‪:‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺑﻜﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ )‪(Asymmetrical Folds‬‬
‫ﭼﻴــﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔــﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﻣﺤﻮﺭﻯ‬
‫ﺁﻧﻬــﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﺍﺷــﺘﻪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸــﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﭼﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ¬ﮔﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﺟﻨﺎﺣﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-1‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﮔﻰ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬

‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺍژﮔﻮﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﭼﭙﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻫـ ‪ -‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻤﺎﺭﻕ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭ‪ -‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪111‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ )‪(Faults‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺭﺯ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺯ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺎﺑﻪ ﺟﺎ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﻭ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻔﻴﺪﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺷــﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺠﺎﻳﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺷــﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻔﻴﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺻﺘﺎً ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳــﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻎ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﻜﺴــﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﺠﺎ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ)‪(Normal Faults‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺑﺴﻮﻯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ )‪( Step Faults‬‬

‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﺴــﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷــﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑــﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻫﺎﺭﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ )‪ :(Horsts‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ‬

‫ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﺰﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪112‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﮔﺮﺍﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺎ )‪ :(Grabens‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-2‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪113‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﻭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﭼﻴــﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺼــﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻣﻴﮕــﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﺷــﺎﻣﻞ‪ :‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﭼﭙﻪ ﺷــﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﻮﺍﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﻭ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺭﺯ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻫــﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﻛﺘﻠــﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﻚ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺠﺎ ﺷــﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﮔﺮﺍﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻴﺠﺎ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺯﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺷﻜﺴــﺖ ﺑﺴﻮﻯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﺭﺍﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺯﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻫﺎﺭﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﻭ ﻛﺘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻰ ﺑﺤﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ‪ .....................‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪114‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺷﺸﻢ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻮ ﻟﻮﺟﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻮ ﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ؟ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﺔ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﻰ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻛﺴﺐ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺳــﺖ ﻣﺸــﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﺳــﺶ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷــﻤﺎ ﺣﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺷــﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺛﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸــﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻥ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﭼﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸــﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ؟ ﭼﻪ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺛﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ؟‬

‫‪111‬‬
‫‪115‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻤﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻧﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻛﻰ‬
‫ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸــﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻰ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺁﻣﺪﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺳــﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺳــﻜﻮﻧﺖ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﻫﺎﻭﺍﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻳﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺴﻠﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﺭﺍﻋﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺣﺎﺻﻠﺨﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﺩ ﺳﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺧﻴﺰ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴــﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﻢ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻛﻢ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺜﻴﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻭﻫﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﭘﻴﺮﺍﻣﻮﻥ ﻃﺮﺯ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺟﺴــﺎﻣﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻨﺸﺎﻯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺬﺍﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻴﺰﻯ ﻣﻮﺛﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ ) ‪ ( la e a i‬ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺷــﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻰ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﻭﺍ )‪ ( a a‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﻓﺸــﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻑ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ‬

‫‪116‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﮕﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ؛ ﺍﻟﺒﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻰ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-1‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻻﻭﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺪﺍﺧﺘﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻻﻭﺍ )‪ (la a‬ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺁﺗﺸــﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺳــﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻟﺤﺎﻅ ﻣﻨﺸﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺎﻣﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺒﻠﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﻤﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﺍﻧﻮﺩﻳﻮﺭﻳﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﮔﺒﺮﻭ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺎﺗﻮﻟﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻻﻛﻮﻟﻴﺖ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻳﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪117‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺩ ﺭﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﭘﺮﻭﺳــﺔ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺻﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﺔ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺳــﻄﺤﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﻪ ﺷــﺎﻣﻞ ‪ C 2 S O2 H 2 C O2‬ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-2‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫــﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﭼﻮﻥ ﭘﻮﻣﺴﻪ )ﺳﻨﮕﻬﺎ( ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺑـﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ‪ :‬ﺑﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻯ ﺩﺍﺷــﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﻭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻰ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﺎً ﺑﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﺩﻭﻙ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ‬

‫‪118‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺩﻭﻙ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻻﭘﻴﻠﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 32-4‬ﻣﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩﻻﭘﻴﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻴﻀﻪ ﻳﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﮔﻴﺖ ﻭ ﭘﻼﺟﻴﻮﻛﻼﺯ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺧﺎﻛﺴــﺘﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺑﻪ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﺧﺎﻛﺴــﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﺩ ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‪ 2‬ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ)‪ (1-3‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻻﻭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟــﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻻﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴــﺘﻪ ﮔﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 600-1200‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳــﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ‪ .‬ﻻﻭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻭﺍﻯ ﺗﻴﺰﺍﺑﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﻠﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻭﺭﺍﻯ ﻗﻠﻮﻯ ﺗﻘﺴــﻴﻢ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻄﺤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪119‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﮔﺎﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷــﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﮔﺎﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻣﺎ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷــﺪﻥ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﻮﻣﻮﺭﻭﻝ )‪ (F e l‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪120‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻻﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳــﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻮﺟــﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺷــﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ؛ ﺧﻮﺷﺒﺨﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺸــﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺵ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘــﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻡ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺳــﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻧﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﺣﻔﺮ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﺪﺍﻳﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻻﻭﺍ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻣﺴﻜﻮﻧﻰ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﺍﻗﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﭼــﺮﺍ ﮔﺎﻫﻰ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺷــﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫــﺎ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺗﺐ ﻛﻤﺘــﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮﺍﺕ ﻧﺎﺷــﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؟‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻭﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺕ ﺳﻮ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ً :‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛــﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻳــﻚ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ S O2‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮔﺮﺩﻳــﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺎﺯ ﻣﺘﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺟــﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﮔﻮﮔﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳــﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎ ﺳــﺮﻋﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴــﻴﺠﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻭﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﻴﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﻴﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺳﻴﺪﻯ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻰ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﺁﻭﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻼﺗﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺴــﺘﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳــﻔﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﮔﺰﻳﻦ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳــﺮﺩ ﺷــﺪﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳــﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔــﺮﺩﺩ ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺗﺎﻣﺒﻮﺭﺍ )ﺍﻧﺪﻭﻧﻴﺰﻳﺎ( ﺩﺭ ﺳــﺎﻝ ‪1815‬ﻡ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﻬﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺮﺩﻯ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻟﻰ ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪121‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﺧﺎﻙ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻛﺸــﻮﺭ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﭘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﻳﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺁﻳﺴــﻠﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﻫﺎﻭﺍﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺴــﻴﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺍﻳﺮ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺂ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﺍﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ‬
‫‪
t‬ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺫﻭﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﻨﺎﺭﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻰ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺸﺮ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻻﻭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﻪ ﻓﺸــﺎﺭ ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﭘﻴﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺻﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻭ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺷﮕﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﻨﺎﻯ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷــﺪﻥ ﻭ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻫﺎﻧﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻤﻴﺮﻯ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺮﻭﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 4‬ﻣﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﮔﺪﺍﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻻﻭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﮔﺎﺯﻫــﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧــﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻟــﻜﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷــﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﺛــﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻻﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﺰﺵ ﺧﺎﻛﺴــﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺳــﻮﺯﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﻞ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺎﻧﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻟﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺧﻮﺷــﺒﺨﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﺧﻴﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺷﻨﺎﺳــﻰ ﻭﺑﻬﺒﻮﺩﺭﻭﺵ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴــﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﺑﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺳﻮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 2‬ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺗﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﮔﻮﮔﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺗﻴﺰﺍﺏ ﮔﻮﮔﺮﺩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺳﻴﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﮔﺎﺯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪122‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻭ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻻﻭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ؟ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺑﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ .........................‬ﺩﺍﺷــﺘﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﺷــﺪﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﭼﺮﺧﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ .........................‬ﺭﺍﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻻﻭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻭﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﺯﻙ ﻭ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺠﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻒ ﻭ ﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺍﺛــﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪ ......................... ......................... .........................‬ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻧﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺗﺪﺍﺑﻴﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -10‬ﮔﺎﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻮﺭﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻤﻮﺳﻔﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﮔﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
‫ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺍﺯ ﺗﺸﻌﺸﻌﺎﺕ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻯ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺳﺒﺐ ﺳﺮﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺑﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪2‬‬

‫‪123‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﻔﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷــﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨــﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺷــﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴــﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﻊ ﻭ ﺣــﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳــﺒﺐ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻧﻰ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻭ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻧﻬــﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻫﺰﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣــﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻭ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﭘﺮﻭﺳــﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬ ﻛﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳــﺎﺱ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻓﺮﺿﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺳــﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺘﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺸﮕﺎﻓﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺵ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﺔ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷــﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻫﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳــﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷــﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ؟ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﭼﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﭼﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺷــﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴــﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﺯ ‪ 10‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 80‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺎﻧﺘﻞ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺵ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻭ ﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﻪ ‪ 6357.7‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺷﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﺴﺖ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺳﻜﻮپ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻭ ﻛﺮﺳﺘﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺳــﻜﻮپ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻰ ﺗﺎ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺎ ﺩﻓﻌﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺮﻣﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮﺁﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ‬
‫ﻼ ﺟﻴﻠﻮﺟﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻕ ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻌ ً‬
‫ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺳــﻴﻠﺔ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺩﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸــﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺴــﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴــﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳــﻰ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﺁﻥ ‪ 3588‬ﻣﺘﺮ )ﻛﻮﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻴﺎﻥ( ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؛ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬

‫‪124‬‬
‫‪112‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ‪ 1500‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳــﺎ ﻃﺒﻘــﺎﺕ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻋﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤــﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻌﻀﺎً ﻋﻤﻖ ﺩﺭﺓ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ‪ 3-4‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫)ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺧﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ ﺷﺮﻕ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ( ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﺍﺏ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻰ ﺩﺍﻍ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻭﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫‪ 20‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 100‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﮕﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻟﺰﻟــﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻌﻀــﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﺧــﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺗــﺎ ‪ 800‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺪﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺩﺷﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ؛ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﮔﺬﺷــﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺮﺯ ﻣﺸــﺎﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴــﺄﻟﺔ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨــﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﻭﺳــﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﺳــﺖ؛ ﻣﺜــﻼ‪ ً :‬ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﻫﻨﺘﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻳﻚ ﻭ ﻧﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﺎﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﭼﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻗﻮﺭﻭﻍ ‪200‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 250‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﺩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻟﻨﺘﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪125‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻨﺘﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ‬
‫ﻼ ﮔﻔﺘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﺒ ً‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺖ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻨﺘﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻫﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷــﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ‬
‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻰ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻨﺘﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﻭ ﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﭘﻴﺸــﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻴﻮﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﺑﺮﻭﻧﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺜــﺮﺍ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛــﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻴــﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺳــﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻓــﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻮﺽ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺴــﺒﺘﺎً ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻤﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺷــﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺖ ﻧﺴــﺒﻰ ﺁﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻗﺎﻳﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺴــﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳــﺖ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻠﺴــﻞ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺎً ﺁﺗﺶ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-1‬ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬

‫‪126‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻨﺘﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺗﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻛــﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕــﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠــﺔ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴــﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴــﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜــﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﺳــﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﻋﺼــﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ ﻣﺸــﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﺭﻳــﺦ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺑﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﺖ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﻣﻰ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻰ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ؛‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﺯﺍﻳﻜﻮﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻧﻴﻮﺱ )ﺟﺪﻳﺪ( ﻣﻴﺰﻭﺱ )ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ( ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻮﺱ )ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺮﻭﺗﻴﺮﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﻋﺼــﺮ ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻮﺯﻭﻯ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫)ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳــﻰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻠﻰ( ﺍﺭﻛﻴﻮﺱ )ﺍﻭﻟﻰ( ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ؛ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﻭﺯﻭﺋﻴﻚ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﻴﻮﺯﻭﺋﻴﻚ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺪﻯ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻘﺴــﻴﻢ ﺟﻴﻮﻛﺮﻭﻧﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪) Z‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺗﺮﻭﺯﻭﺋﻴﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺯﺩﻳﺎﺩ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ (R‬ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻤﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ C‬ﻭ ﭘﻴﺮﻡ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻮﺟﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ ‪ P‬ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ؛ ﭘﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻤﺒﺮﻯ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻮﺟﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻋﺮﺽ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳــﻚ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮگ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺴــﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺴــﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﺴـﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ )ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﻑ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠــﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺴــﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮگ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺍﺳــﻜﻠﻴﺖ ﺳــﺨﺖ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺮﺏ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷــﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﺛﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﻰ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪127‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻓﺴﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺳــﻮﺏ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﺷــﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺑﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺜﺮﺕ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﻔﺘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺴــﺎﺩ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ً ﺍﺟﺴﺎﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻓﺮﺳــﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﻀ ٌﺎً ﻫﻢ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻰ ﻰ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-2‬ﺗﺤﻔﻆ ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬

‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ‪ :‬ﻳﻚ ﺭﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﻍ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺴﺪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺮﺩﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 20‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻯ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻙ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺧﺎﻙ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﭼﻴﺰ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺼﻨﻔﺎﻥ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪128‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﺋﺔ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺪﺍﻣﺖ ﻣﻄﻠﻘﻪ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺘﻢ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪2-1,5‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻯﻣﺎﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺭﺓﭼﻬﺎﺭﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻨﻮﺯﻭﺋﻴﻚ‬
‫‪Q‬ﺑﻪ ﺯﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺘﺮﻭﭘﻮﺟﻴﻦ‬

‫‪65‬‬ ‫‪67-2‬‬ ‫‪N‬ﺯﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺷﻴﺮﻱ‬

‫‪P‬ﺯﺭﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﻧﺠﻲ‬
‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪137-67‬‬ ‫ﺳﺒﺰ ‪K‬‬ ‫ﻛﺮﻳﺘﺎﺳﻴﻮﺱ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺰﻭﺯﻭﺋﻴﻚ‬
‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪195-137‬‬ ‫‪J‬ﺁﺑﻰ‬ ‫ﺟﻮﺭﺍﺳﻚ‬
‫‪35‬‬ ‫‪230-195‬‬ ‫‪T‬ﺑﻨﻔﺶ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻳﺎﺳﻚ‬
‫‪55‬‬ ‫‪285-230‬‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺭﻧﺠﻰ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ‪P‬‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻣﻴﻦ‬ ‫ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻮﺯﻭﺋﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻮﺍﺭﻯ‬
‫‪65‬‬ ‫‪350-285‬‬ ‫‪C‬ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻨﻴﻔﺮﻭﺱ‬
‫‪50‬‬ ‫‪400-350‬‬ ‫‪D‬ﻧﺼﻮﺍﺭﻯ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻮﻧﻴﻦ‬
‫‪40‬‬ ‫‪440-400‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻯ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ‬
‫‪S‬ﺳﺒﺰ‬
‫‪60‬‬ ‫‪500-440‬‬ ‫‪O‬ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻧﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺩﻭﻭﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫‪70‬‬ ‫‪570-500‬‬ ‫ﺁﺑﻰ ﻣﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺒﺰ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺒﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ‬

‫‪4600‬‬ ‫ﮔﻼﺑﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﺥ ﻭ‬ ‫ﭘﺮﻳﻜﻤﺒﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﮔﻼﺑﻰ ﺧﻴﺮﻩ‬

‫‪129‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻰ‬
‫ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ‪ ،‬ﺭﺷﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﺩﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺳــﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺸــﻴﺨﺺ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﺏ‪ ،‬ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺴــﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮگ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﺷــﺪﺓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ )ﻓﺴﻴﻞ( ﻣﺒﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺴــﺒﻰ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗــﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻮ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﻗﻠﻴﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺖ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺖ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳــﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻰ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ؛ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩﻛﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺜﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺍﻳﻨﺎﺳــﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ 70‬ﻣﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺳــﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﻴﻮ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﻨﺪ ﻳﺎﺯﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﺳــﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻧﺸــﻴﻨﻰ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺔ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺩﺛﻪ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺳــﺖ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺷــﻮﻳﻢ ﺳــﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻯ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺑﻴﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺳــﻜﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﻧﺴﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺳــﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺧﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﻡ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﭘﺮﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻭ ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻯ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬
‫ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪130‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺯﻭﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫)ﺍﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ(‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻰ ﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺍﻥ ﻭ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﺎﻥ‬
‫ﮔﻞ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫)‪ 65‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ(‬

‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﺯﻭﻧﻴﻚ )ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻰ(‬

‫ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻰ ﺧﺰﮔﺎﻥ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﮔﻴﺎﻫﺎ ﮔﻞ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫)‪ 25‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ(‬

‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﭘﺎﻟﻨﻮﺯﻭﻧﻴﻚ‬
‫)ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ (‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﺧﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺎﻫﺎﻥ ﻳﻰ ﮔﻞ ﻭ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﺭﻳﻪ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻳﻞ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﺼﺮ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻘﺎﺭﻳﻪ‬
‫)‪ 57‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ(‬

‫ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﺒﺮ ﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ‬

‫ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺕ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻘﺎﺭﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫)‪ (3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﺎﺭﺩ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﻴﺪﺍﻳﺶ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﭘﻰ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪131‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﺳﻜﻮپ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻨﺎﺡ ﺩﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍ ﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻰ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ‪ 3588‬ﻣﺘﺮ )ﻛﻮﻩ ﻟﻮﻟﻴﺎﻥ( ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ﻫﺮﻳﺮﻭﺩ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸــﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﻣــﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻻﻭﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 20‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 100‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﭘﺮﺗﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻰ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻨﺘﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﻛﺜــﺮ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺮﻳــﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻴﺘــﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻨﺘﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳــﺎﺱ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ ﻣﺸــﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷــﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴــﺔ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺷــﺪﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺗﻤــﺎﻡ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜــﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺞ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺗﻘﺴــﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻋﺼﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻭﭘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺑﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻓﺴــﻴﻞ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮگ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻣﺪﻓﻮﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻯ ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺷــﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻭ ﺭﺷــﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻮﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺳــﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪132‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺩﺍﻧﺸﻤﻨﺪﺍﻥ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻘﻘﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻰ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻋﺼﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﻯ ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؟ ﭼﺮﺍ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺧﺸــﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺬﺷــﺘﻪ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﺮﺏ ﺍﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴــﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ‪ ........................‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺁﻥ ‪ ........................‬ﺍﺳﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ‪ ........................‬ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﻟﻰ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻯ ‪ ........................‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﻫﻨﺘﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ........................‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭ ﺳﻨﮓ ﭼﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﻩ ﻗﻮﺭﻭﻍ ‪ ........................‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ ........................‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﻋــﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺑﺤــﺎﺭ ﻭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛــﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷــﺖ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻳﺨﭽﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻧﻔﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻯ ﺁﺗﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -10‬ﻋﺼﺮ ﻛﺎﺗﻴﻮﺯﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﭘﻴﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻮﺟﻦ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﻮﺟﻦ ﻭ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﺗﺒﺎﺷﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ژﻭﺭﺍﺳﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻳﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺳﻴﻠﻮﺭ ﺍﺭﺩﻭﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻤﺒﺮﻯ‪،‬‬

‫‪133‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﻭ ﺩﮔﺮﮔﻮﻧﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻮﻗﻮﻉ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷــﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﭙﺮﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳــﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺭﺳــﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ؟ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﻴﭻ‬
‫ﻭ ﺗﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻫﻢ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ؟ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬
‫ﭘﺮﺳــﺶ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺑﻴﺪ‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-1‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪134‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻭ ﺍﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻰ ) ‪ (S a‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻭ ) ‪ ( a‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺻﻮﻻً ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺣﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭﻃﻰ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺳــﻴﺲ ﻫﺎ ) ‪ (Fa ie‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻭ ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﺭﺳــﻰ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳــﻴﻠﺔ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ) ‪ ( ale e a‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺑﺘﺮ ﺗﺸﻴﺨﺺ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﭘﺮﻭﺳــﻪ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ )‪ (Fale a‬ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ )‪ ( l a‬ﺗﺤﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﮔﺰﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺤﺚ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﺳــﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻳﻔﺎﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻨــﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻠــﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺫﺧﺎﻳﺮ ﻧﻔﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺎﺯ ﻭ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻛﺘﺸــﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﻛﺴﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻳﺘﺮﻳﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺯﻏﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻰ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺷﻤﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺗﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺎ ﺣﺎﻻﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺳــﺮ ﭼﺸــﻤﻪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻼ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺧﺘﻪ‬‫ﻧﺴﺒﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻨﺘﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺱ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻣﻔﺼ ً‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺸﻴﺨﺺ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺻﻞ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻨﺘﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪135‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-3‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬

‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺮﺳــﺒﺎﺗﻰ )ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪،‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ( ﺑﻪ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻳــﻦ ﺣﺎﻟــﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺗﺮﺳــﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻨﺠﺎﺕ ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-4‬ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪136‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴـﺖ‪ :‬ﻳــﻚ ﻇﺮﻑ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻌﺪﺍ ً ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘــﺪﺍﺭ ﮔﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﻳﺰﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺗﻰ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﭼﻮﻧﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳــﭙﺮﻯ ﺷــﺪﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﻳﮓ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﻇﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷــﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ‬
‫ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻨﺘﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ‬

‫ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻰ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻭ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺩﺭﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﺴــﺒﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳــﺎﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻣﻬﻤﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻳﻔﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺴﻠﺴــﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺯﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴــﺘﮕﻰ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣــﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﺩ؛‬
‫ﺍﻣــﺎ ﺑﻌــﺪﺍ ً ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳــﺎﺱ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﭘﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﻜﺘﻮﻧﻴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﻧــﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﺴــﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻓﺴــﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺜﻪ‬
‫)ﺩﺍﻳﻨﺎﺳــﻮﺭ( ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭ ﻗــﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺜﻪ ﭼﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﻳﻨﺎﺳﻮﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺷﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻯ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻓﺴﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻜﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﺑﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ‬
‫ﺳــﺎﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﺴــﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪137‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ )‪(Absolute‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﺴــﺒﻰ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﭘﺎﻟﻴﻨﺘﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﻩ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺖ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺧﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﻗﺎﻧﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﺴــﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳــﻌﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻼﺵ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ؛ ﻳﻌﻨﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺳــﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺍﺭﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘــﻪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳــﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻛﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻــﺮ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﺍﻛﺘﻴﻮﻳﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺗﺎﺷــﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻛﺘﻴﻮﻳﺘــﻰ ‪ 4 0‬ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴــﻢ ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺩﻳــﻮﻡ ‪ ، a‬ﺗﻮﺭﻳــﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﻴﻮﻳﺘﻰ ‪ C 16‬ﻭ ﺍﻳﺰﻭﺗﻮپ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﺳــﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻛﺘﻮﻳﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺑــﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻠﺔ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻰ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷــﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺑﺨﻮﺩ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﮔﺮﺩﻳــﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ؛ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﻳﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳــﺮﺏ ﻭ ﭘﻮﺗﺎﺷــﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻛﺘﻴﻮﻳﺘﻰ ﺑــﻪ ﮔﺎﺯ ﺁﺭﮔﻮﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﺔ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻣﺜﻼ‪ ً :‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﺗﻮﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻳﻮﺍﺭﻧﻴﻢ ‪ 700‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺳــﺎﻝ ﺍﺳــﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺑﺴــﻴﺎﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﭼﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﺏ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺗﻢ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﺪﺓ ﻳﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺣﺠﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺎﻟﻤﺲ ﻓﻮﺭﻣﻮﻟﻰ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻮﺗﺎﺷﻴﻢ‬
‫) ‪ ( 4 0‬ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻦ ) ‪ (C 14‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪138‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻧﻰ ) ‪ (S a‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻭ ) ‪ ( a‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷــﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻠﻤﻰ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺻﻮﻻً ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪t‬ﺳــﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﭘﺮﻭﺳــﻪ ﺗﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻰ ) ‪ (F a‬ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻰ )‪، (Fl a‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻝ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳــﻮﺏ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪
t‬ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻧﻘﺶ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻭ ﺍﺭﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻳﻔﺎ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸــﻴﻦ ﺷــﺪﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺷــﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻭ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳــﺨﺖ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻨﮕﻰ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪t‬ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻰ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺍﺧﺬ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺟﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪t‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﺸﻨﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻧﮕﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻠﺴــﻠﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﺩﺭﺯ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻭ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪t‬ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻻﻳﻞ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﺴــﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻓﺴــﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺠﺜﻪ )ﺩﺍﻳﻨﺎﺳﻮﺭ( ﺩﺭ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻭ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪t‬ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻝ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ )ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻝ(‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳــﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺠﺰﻳــﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻛﺘﻴﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺳــﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳــﺎﺱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﻭ ‪ C 14‬ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻯ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﺗﻮﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻳﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ 700‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪139‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﻓﻰ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﺳﺘﺮﺍﺗﻴﮕﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﻘﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻰ ﺍﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﻰ ﻫﻤﻴﺸــﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ؟ ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻧﻤﺎ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺁﻳﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻧﺴﺒﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﻓﻘﻰ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻮﺯﺓ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺗﺎﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺗﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ ﻭ ﺍﻓﺮﻳﻘﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻰ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﺠﺎ ﺑﻮﺩﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺭﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺭﺍﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘــﺔ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳــﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻛــﻢ ‪ ...............................‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ ............................... ............................... ...............................‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺩﻭﺭﺓ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﺍﺗﻮﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻳﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ ‪ ...............................‬ﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﺳﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺩ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻪ ﭘﻮﺗﺎﺷﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ ﻳﻮﺭﺍﻧﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫‪ -10‬ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﻮﺯﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺍﺳﺒﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺝ‪ -‬ﺟﻬﻴﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‬

‫‪140‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺸﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺪﻳﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺸﻜﻪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺭﺍﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺍﻣﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﺎً ﻛﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﻼ ﺁﺷــﻨﺎ ﻫﺴــﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳــﺮﻯ ﻭ ﭼﺎﭘﻰ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻐﺮﺍﻓﻴﺎﻳﻰ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺩﺭ ﺫﻫﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﭼﻘﺪﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﺳــﺖ؟ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ؟ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﺁﻳﺎ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮﻳﻦ؟‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺳــﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﻤﻨﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﺴــﺘﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺷــﺎﻣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﺎً ﭘﺎﺳــﺦ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﺯ ﺳــﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪114‬‬
‫‪141‬‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ‪ 361‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺣﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻧﮓ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻣﺸــﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺴــﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻤﻴﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺩﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻳﻠﻴﻒ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺳﺆﺍﻟﻰ ﻧﺰﺩﺗﺎﻥ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻄﺮﻭﺣﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺁﺷﻨﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -1‬ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺗﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻧﻨﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﭼﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 200‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺷــﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 25‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻧﻮﺍﺣـﻰ ﻛـﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻫﻨﻮﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻭ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﺴــﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﺸــﻜﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍﺗﻰ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪﺳــﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 200‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ )‪ (-5‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳــﺎﺣﻞ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳــﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ‪ 10000‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮﺵ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺰﻳﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺭﻳﻠﻴﻒ ﺑﺴــﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻐﻠــﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺳــﻴﻊ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ )ﺗﻨﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ( ﻭ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‬
‫ﺑــﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳــﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﺰﻳﻰ ﺻــﺮﻑ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻤﻨﺪﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺑﺴــﺘﺮ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺳــﺎﺣﻞ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ 200‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴــﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬

‫‪142‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻛﺮﺍﻧﺔ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺑﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺷﻴﻠﻒ ﻭ ﻳﺎﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻴﻠﻒ )ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺤﺮ( ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 200‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 300‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺳــﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‪ :‬ﻭﺳــﻴﻊ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ‪ 200‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 3000‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 6000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ؛ ﺍﻛﻨﻮﻥ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺴــﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ )ﺯﻭﻥ ﻫﺎ( ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻗﺴــﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺍﻧــﺔ ﻗــﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺷــﻴﻠﻒ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘــﻪ ﺑﻨﻮﺑﺔ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻰ )ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﺰﺑﺎﻥ ﻻﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ( ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻳﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻰ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﺑﻰ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺪﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﻧﻴﺮﻳﺘﻰ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 200‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﺘﺎﺛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻰ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺯﻭﻥ )ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ( ﺑﺎﺗﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺯﻭﻥ ﺍﺑﻴﺴﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺯﻭﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺷــﺮﺍﻳﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ ﻭ ﺍﻧﻜﺸــﺎﻑ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﭘﺮﻭﺳﻪ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺟﻴﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﻜﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (1-1‬ﺗﺼﻨﻒ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‬

‫‪143‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻋﻤﻖ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺳــﺎﺣﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 200‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺷــﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺏ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﭼﻮﻥ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﭼﻨﮓ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ‬
‫ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻛﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺍﺯ ‪ 200‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺯﻳﺴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺳــﺎﺣﻞ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 2000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺟﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ‪ 10000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺭﻳﻠﻴﻒ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺰﻳﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻯ ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﮔﻮﺩﺍﻝ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻭ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ 200‬ﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻛﺮﺍﻧﺔ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻛﺮﺍﻧﺔ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺷﻴﻠﻒ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﻯ ﻗﺎﺭﺓ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺑﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷــﻴﻠﻒ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 200‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪3000‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻭﺳــﻴﻊ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺳﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ‪ 266‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ 3000‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 6000‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ )ﺯﻭﻥ ﻫﺎ( ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻛﺮﺍﻧﺔ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻳﺘﻰ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺯﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﻴﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻛﺎﺳــﺔ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ﺯﻭﻥ ﺍﺑﻴﺴــﺎﻟﻰ ﻳﺎﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪144‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭﺁﻳﺎ ﺷﻌﺎﻉ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ؟‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻛﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮔﻰ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -4‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﺰﻳﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ًﺷﺮﺡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺍﻧﺔ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ً ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﭼﻪ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -7‬ﺭﻳﻠﻴﻒ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﻯ( ﻫﻤﻮﺍﺭﻯ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻭﺳﻴﻊ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫‪ .........................‬ﻭ ‪ .........................‬ﻭ ‪ .........................‬ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷــﻴﻠﻒ )ﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺤﺮ( ‪ .........................‬ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴــﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻖ ‪ .........................‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ .........................‬ﺑﻨﺎﻡ ‪ .........................‬ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -9‬ﻛﺮﺍﻧﺔ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﻠﻒ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻓﺮﻋﻰ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﺑﻴﺴﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻰ ﻭ ﻧﻴﺮﻳﺘﻰ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﻴﭽﻜﺪﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺗﻴﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫‪ -10‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﻣﻴﻼﻥ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺏ‪ -‬ﺍﻳﺴﺎﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺗﻴﺎﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻧﻴﺮﻳﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻰ‬

‫‪145‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺷﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻭﺷﻴﺎﻧﻮ ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﺔ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﻭ ﺩﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺑﺤﺚ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻜﻨﺎﻟﻮژﻯ ﺍﻣﺮﻭﺯﻯ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﺎﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﺍﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺷــﻤﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺳــﺆﺍﻻﺗﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻭﺷــﻴﺎﻧﻮﮔﺮﺍﻓﻰ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؛ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺑﺴــﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺲ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﺳﺖ؟‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺍﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ؟ ﻭ ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻯ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻧﺪ؟‬
‫ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﺹ ﻓﺰﻳﻜﻰ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻤﻜﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﺭﺳــﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﺎﻟﺒﻰ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﻴﺪﻩ ﺷــﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﮔﺎﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻰ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﻳﺖ ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪.‬‬

‫‪146‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﺳﺎﺳــﺎً‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﺓ ﻛﻪ ﺳــﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭﺳــﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻭﺳــﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺗﺎ ‪ 14‬ﺍﻟﻰ ‪ 18‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 34‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻣﺪ ﻧﺎﺷــﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺴــﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻑ ﻳﻚ ﺷــﺒﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯ ﺩﻭ ﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭ ﺟﺰﺭ ﺭﺥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﺪ ﺩ ﺭﺳــﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻛﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎً ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺁﺏ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺳــﺎﺣﻞ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ‪ 6‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﻤﻮﺝ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻴﻦ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﻃﻠﺲ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﺟﺰﻳﺮﺓ ﻫﻠﻦ ﻣﺪﺱ ‪ 0 .8‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﻓﺮﺍﻧﺴﻪ ‪1 2 .4‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺳــﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎﻯ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﺗﺎ ‪ 16 .2‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺒﺎﺗﻰ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﺍ ﺷــﺪﺕ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﺳــﻮﺍﺣﻞ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻂ ﺳﺎﺣﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻄﻰ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛــﺖ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺫﺭﻳﻌــﺔ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﻯ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺳــﻤﺖ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻯ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﻼﻧﺘﻴﻚ ﺷــﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺷﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ )‪ (2-1‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻰ ﺩﻫﺪ‬

‫‪147‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻤﻜﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺷــﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻳﻮﺩﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻭﻣﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷــﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ )ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺟﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﻳﻢ( ‪ 9 9 .5‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﺤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﻧﻤﻜﻴﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻤﻚ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﻪ ‪ 3 5‬ﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ )ﭘﺮﻭﻣﻴﻞ( ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ‬
‫‪ 31‬ﺗــﺎ ‪ 37‬ﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ )ﭘﺮﻭﻣﻴــﻞ( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻤﻚ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎ‬
‫ﺭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻮﺭﺍﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳــﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻣــﻰ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷــﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﺰﻳﻜــﻰ ﻭ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻨﺤﻞ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺯﺍﻳﺪ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷــﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ؛ ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻭ ﺭﺳــﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﻚ ﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﻯ ﺑﺴــﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺳــﻮﺩﻳﻢ ﻭ ﻣﮕﻨﺰﻳﻢ ﺫﺍﻳﻘﺔ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺷــﻮﺭ ﻭ ﺗﻠﺦ ﻣﻰ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪ .‬ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﺸــﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ؛ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﺍﺣﻤﺮ ﻭ ﺧﻠﻴﺞ‬
‫ﻓــﺎﺭﺱ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻤﻚ ﻣﻨﺤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ )‪ (40‬ﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳــﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺤﺮﻩ ﻣﺪﺗﺮﺍﻧﻪ‬

‫ﻧﻤﻜﻴﺖ ﻭ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻧﺤﻼﻟﻴﺖ‬

‫ﺷﻞ )‪ (2-2‬ﺍﻧﺤﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‬

‫‪148‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺑﻪ )‪ (-3‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ )‪ (+32‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳــﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳــﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﺓ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ‬
‫ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺸــﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻰ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ ﺟﺬﺏ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﺳــﻄﺢ ﺁﺏ‬
‫ﺣــﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻣﺘﻐﻴــﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻴﺸــﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 500‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺛﺎﺑــﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺑﻪ )‪ (4‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺳــﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺍﺳــﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺩﻓﻌﺘﺎً ﺍﺯ ‪32‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ‪ 4‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳــﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻰ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓــﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ؛ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷــﻮﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻘــﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺴــﺘﮕﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺷــﻮﺭﻯ ﺁﺏ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻯ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺜﺎﻓﺖ ﺁﻥ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻓﺮﻭﺭﻓﺘﮕﻰ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺯﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳــﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺳــﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﺴــﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﻳﺠﻴﻨﻰ )ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻗﺎﺭﻩ ﻳﻰ( ‪،‬ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫)ﻧﺎﺷﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻼﺕ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ( ﻭ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ )ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻰ( ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﺳـﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﻳﺠﻴﻨﻰ‪ :‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩﻳﻜﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺸــﻜﻪ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ ﻫﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﻴﻴﺎﺑﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺮﻳﺘﻰ ﻭ ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺭﺍﻝ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﻮﺭﺍﻝ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﺎً ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﺏ ﺁﻣﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﻳﺠﻴﻨﻰ )ﺗﺮﺳﺐ( ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﺎً ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺟﻐﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﮓ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺭﺗﺎً ﻟﻮﺵ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﻣﺪﻭﺭ ﻭ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺭ ﺳﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﻨﺪﻯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪149‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺳـﺒﺎﺕ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ‪ :‬ﻃﻮﺭﻳﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺬﺷــﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺷﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺪ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺗﻤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺩﻭﺭﺍﻧﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻴﺎ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜ ً‬
‫ﻼ‪ :‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻚ‬
‫ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻧﻤﻜﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻯ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻳﻜﻨﻮﻉ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻭﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺳــﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻢ ﭼﻨﺎﻥ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﻫﻜﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﻤﻮﺝ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻗﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺤﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺗﻪ ﺳﻨﮓ ﺭﻳﮕﻰ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﻑ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺷﺪ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺤﻴــﺮﻩ ﻫــﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﮔﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻏﻨﻰ ﺑــﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 160‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ‪ 10‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺸــﺎﻯ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺳﻬﻢ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻰ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﻰ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﺸﺮ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﻰ )ﺻﺪﻑ( ﻳﺎ ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺭﻭﻝ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﻑ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻًﺍﺯ ﻛﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﻴﺖ ) ‪(C a C O 3‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴــﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺴﻴﻮﻡ ) ‪ ( S O 2‬ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮگ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻭﻯ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺻﺪﻓﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻭﺭﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺍﻛﺜﺮﺍ ً ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ )ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﻒ( ﺍﺯ ‪ 100‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 200‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺻﺪﻑ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺑﺴــﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﻳﮓ ﺁﻫﻜﻰ ﺩﺗﺮﻣﻴﺖ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺁﻳﺪ‪) .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﺎﻥ( ﻣﺮﺟﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﭼﺴﭙﻴﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪150‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺗﻮﺳــﻂ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁ ﻣﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺳــﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺟﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﻣﻬﺘﺎﺏ ﻭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺣﺮﻛــﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺫﺭﻳﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﺎ ﻭﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺤﻠﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﻰ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ‪ :‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﻼﻧﺘﻴﻚ ﺷــﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻰ ﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺟﻨﻮﺑﻰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ )ﺍﻛﺴﻴﺠﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﻳﺪﺭﻭﺟﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻭ ﺳﻮﺩﻳﻢ( )‪ (99,5‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺯﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳــﻂ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻣﺴــﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﻪ ‪ 35‬ﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻟﻴﺘــﺮ )ﭘﺮﻭﻓﻴﻞ( ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﺯ‪ 31‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 37‬ﮔﺮﺍﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻧﻤﻚ ﻫﺎﻯ ﻋﻤﺪﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﻮﺭﺍﻳﺪ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺳﻠﻔﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺑﺤﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﺑﻪ )‪ (-3‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ‬
‫ﺑﻪ )‪ (+32‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﺓ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺁﻓﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﻔﻮﺫ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ 500‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ‪ 4‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻛﺜﺎﻓــﺖ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷــﻮﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣــﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪151‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫‪
t‬ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ :‬ﺗﺮﻳﺠﻴﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﻭ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﻳﺠﻴﻨﻰ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﺎً ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻐﻞ ﺳﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﺭﻳﮓ ﻭ ﻧﺪﺭﺗﺎً ﻟﻮﺵ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺤﻴﺮﺓ ﻛﺴﭙﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﻚ ﻃﻌﺎﻡ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺮﺍﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺭﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺳﺐ ﺭﺳﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺭﻭﻝ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﻯ ﻣﻰ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺮﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﻫﻜﻰ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺑﺤﻴﺮﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺭﮔﺎﻧﻴﺰﻡ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺧﻴﻠﻰ ﻏﻨﻰ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻫﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 160‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻥ ﻭ ‪ 10‬ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺠﻰ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺩﺭ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺸــﺎﻯ ﻋﻀﻮﻯ ﺗﻨﻬــﺎ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻯ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﺸــﺮ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﻰ )ﺻﺪﻑ( ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻜﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻰ ﺍﺯ ﺫﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﺮﺍﻟﻰ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﻩ ﻣﻰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﺭﻭﻝ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪
t‬ﺻﺪﻑ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺍﺯ ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﻭ ﺍﻛﺴﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺴﻴﻮﻡ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ ﮔﺮﺩﻧﺪ‪.‬‬

‫‪152‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬
 ‫ﺳﺆﺍﻻﺕ ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺁﺏ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻣﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺰﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -3‬ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -4‬ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﭼﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﺳــﺖ ﻛﻪ ‪ 99,5‬ﻓﻴﺼﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺤﻠﺔ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸــﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -5‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻤﻚ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﻤﻜﻴﺖ ﺁﺑﻬﺎﻯ‬
‫ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ؟‬
‫‪ -6‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺣﻰ ﻗﻄﺒﻰ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺍﻳﻰ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻰ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻰ ﺭﺳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -7‬ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺻﻠﻰ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻯ ﺁﺏ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -8‬ﺗﺮﺳــﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺤﺮﻯ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺪﺍﻡ ﮔﺮﻭپ ﻫﺎﻯ ﺫﻳﻞ ﺗﻘﺴــﻴﻢ ﻣﻰ ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳــﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸــﺎﻧﻰ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؟‬
‫ﺩ‪ -‬ﻫﺮﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ -‬ﻋﻀﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﺗﺮﻳﺠﻴﻨﻰ ﺏ‪ -‬ﻛﻴﻤﻴﺎﻭﻯ‬
‫‪ -9‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺩ‪ 34 -‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺝ‪ 20 -‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 30‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺏ‪-4 -‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 8‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻒ‪ 14 -‬ﺗﺎ ‪ 18‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ -10‬ﻣﻌــﺮﻭﻑ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﺑﺤﺎﺭ ﻋﺒــﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ‪ ......................... ......................... .........................‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻬﺮﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﻰ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪153‬‬
‫‪www.ael.af‬‬